WO2016019724A1 - Data transmission method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Data transmission method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016019724A1
WO2016019724A1 PCT/CN2015/074332 CN2015074332W WO2016019724A1 WO 2016019724 A1 WO2016019724 A1 WO 2016019724A1 CN 2015074332 W CN2015074332 W CN 2015074332W WO 2016019724 A1 WO2016019724 A1 WO 2016019724A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
subframe
interval
initial transmission
transmission subframe
index number
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/074332
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨瑾
李儒岳
吴栓栓
卢有雄
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2016019724A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016019724A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • UE User Equipment
  • 1 is a schematic diagram of a D2D communication structure according to the related art. As shown in FIG.
  • this communication mode has characteristics that are significantly different from those of a conventional cellular system, and for a short-range communication user capable of applying a D2D communication method, D2D
  • the transmission not only saves the wireless spectrum resources, but also reduces the data transmission pressure of the core network, can reduce the system resource occupation, increase the spectrum efficiency of the cellular communication system, reduce the terminal transmission power consumption, and largely save the network operation cost.
  • a radio resource divides resources in units of radio frames in a time domain, each radio frame being 10 ms, including 10 subframes. Each sub-frame is 1 ms, divided into 2 slots of 0.5 ms, as shown in FIG.
  • the radio resource of the UE is uniformly controlled by the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB for short), and the UE receives the scheduling control indication information from the eNB, and receives the data transmitted by the eNB on the corresponding downlink resource according to the indication information. Or transmitting a signal to the eNB on the uplink resource.
  • the evolved base station evolved NodeB
  • D2D communication data is directly transmitted between the transmitting UE and the receiving UE through a fixed radio resource, and the transmitting UE cannot dynamically determine the D2D data channel resource configuration information by using the eNB in the cellular communication to schedule the indication resource to the UE. .
  • the present invention provides a data transmission scheme to solve at least the above problems, in view of the problem that the transmitting end UE of the D2D communication in the related art cannot dynamically indicate the used D2D data channel resource.
  • a data sending method including: determining, by a first user equipment UE, data by initially transmitting a subframe index number k, or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t
  • the subframe in which the channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; the first UE transmits the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; the first UE is in a subframe where the data channel resource is located Transmitting the TB; or the first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; A UE sends N times to the TB in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is sent.
  • the method further includes: the first UE indicating, within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be sent, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where the TB interval is available to send the
  • the maximum subframe range of the TB includes K subframes, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located includes: determining, by the first UE, the first transmission of the TB within a TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k
  • the sub-frame #k is transmitted, wherein the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the k-th subframe after the starting subframe, k ⁇ [0 , K-1], K is the TB interval.
  • the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located including: determining, by the first UE, the first transmission of the TB within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k
  • the initial transmission subframe #k D2D wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ⁇ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence, respectively a subframe [#0,...,#K D2D -1], wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and according to the D2D a distribution of the subframes within the TB interval, determining a physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; a number of the D2D subframes K D2D and a subframe included in the TB interval
  • the location is indicated by system
  • the retransmission interval t is set to a fixed value, or the t value indicates no Meaning, or does not indicate a t value, or the t value is null.
  • the method further includes: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is The device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or the D2D scheduling indication time-domain resource pattern in the SA signaling transmits T-RPT information.
  • the first UE indicates the retransmission interval t by using 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bit indication signaling.
  • the method further includes: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k in the control indication signaling, where the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k indicated by the TB
  • the interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N downward; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K is divided by N and the value determined by the downward determination is equal to the smaller value of 15, taking an integer; or, the indicated maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is represented by the D2D subframe included in the TB interval.
  • the number K D2D and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or greater than or equal to zero, And less than K D2D divided by N is rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to at least one of the following information: the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE, the ID information of the first UE, and the TB interval The number of subframes K, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE and the number of subframes K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where And k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel to K D2D .
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE and a number of subframes K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k is the first A UE's UE radio network temporarily identifies a value obtained by modulo-calculating K by RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating K D2D by UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing N by N rounded down; or k is the control indication channel
  • the resource index number SA index is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE, the resource information of the control indication channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D ,
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions of the TB. Determining, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE A value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D divided by the value of N rounded down.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount ⁇ k as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset indication amount ⁇ k is used by the first UE
  • the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side by a high layer signaling configuration, where the network side includes one of the following entities: One or more of: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  • the network side includes one of the following entities: One or more of: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of the TB.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where the retransmission interval t is equal to K division An integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are determined by a resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, and a predefined resource configuration table.
  • control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the resource configuration index number i in the resource configuration table is the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 Joint coding indication value, that is, the resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
  • different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ;
  • the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N;
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k It is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
  • a data receiving method including: the second user equipment UE transmits the subframe index number k by initial transmission, or passes the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t Determining a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; the second UE receives the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the second user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located, and the second UE receives data in one subframe where the data channel resource is located. Transmitting the block TB; or, the second user equipment UE determines, by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0, where the The second UE receives N times of transmissions of the TB on the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located includes: determining, by the second UE, the first transmission of the TB within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k Frame #k, where the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ⁇ [0,K -1].
  • the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located including: determining, by the second UE, the first time that the TB is received within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k
  • the initial transmission subframe #k D2D wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ⁇ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence, respectively a subframe [#0,...,#K D2D -1];
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to the D2D a distribution of the subframes within the TB interval, determining a physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; a number of the D2D subframes K D2D and a subframe included in the TB interval
  • the location
  • the second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, one subframe in which the used data channel resource is located, the retransmission interval t is a fixed value, or the t value indicates meaningless. Or, the t value indication is not obtained, or the indicated t value is null.
  • the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where the control indication signaling is a device to device
  • the D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indication, the time domain resource pattern in the SA signaling transmits T-RPT signaling, where the first UE is the control indication signaling and the sending end of the TB.
  • the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k from the control indication signaling, where a maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the TB interval K and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N rounding; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N Rounding up the determined value and the smaller value of 15, taking an integer; or, the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is the number of the D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D Divide by N to round down the exact value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
  • the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k according to at least one of the following: the received resource information of the control indication channel, the ID information of the first UE, the TB interval The number of subframes K included, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the received resource information of the control indication channel and the number of subframes K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE and a number of subframes K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k is the first A UE's UE radio network temporarily identifies a value obtained by modulo-calculating K by RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating K D2D by UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing N by N rounded down; or k is the control indication channel
  • the resource index number SA index is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE, the resource information of the control indication channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D ,
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions of the TB. Determining, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE A value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D divided by the value of N rounded down.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , the number of transmissions N of the TB, and
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount ⁇ k as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset indication amount ⁇ k is used by the first UE
  • the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the second UE receives information indicating the retransmission interval t by using 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bits from the control indication signaling sent by the first UE.
  • the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side by a high layer signaling configuration, where the network side includes at least one of the following Entity: evolved base station eNB, cell cooperative entity MCE, gateway GW, mobility management device MME, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  • the network side includes at least one of the following Entity: evolved base station eNB, cell cooperative entity MCE, gateway GW, mobility management device MME, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of the TB.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where the retransmission interval t is equal to K division An integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
  • the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval according to the resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated in the control indication signaling and a predefined resource configuration table. t.
  • control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the resource configuration index number i in the resource configuration table is the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 Joint coding indication value, that is, the resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
  • different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; the retransmission interval t is according to the The TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ;
  • the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N;
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k It is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
  • a data transmitting apparatus comprising: a determining module configured to determine data by initially transmitting a subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t The subframe in which the channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; and the sending module is configured to send the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval Determining N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; the sending module is configured to send the TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located; or where the data channel resource is located The TB is transmitted N times in the N subframes, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the method further includes: an indication module, configured to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • an indication module configured to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within a TB interval, where the starter of the TB interval
  • the frame is denoted as subframe #0
  • the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ⁇ [0, K-1], and K is the TB interval.
  • the determining module is further configured to, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, determine, by using the retransmission interval t, that the N-1 retransmission subframes of the TB are repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval.
  • N is the number of transmissions of the TB
  • m k+t*n, n ⁇ [1, N-1].
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is sent for the first time within the TB interval, where the TB interval is within Include K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ⁇ K, sequentially connect the K D2D D2D subframes to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as sub-frames [#0,...,#K D2D -1]
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and the logic is determined according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval. First the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB included in system configuration is indicated by higher layer signaling or predefined.
  • the determining module is further configured to, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , determine, by using the retransmission interval t, that the N-1 retransmission subframes of the TB are repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval.
  • #m D2D wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0, . . .
  • a data receiving apparatus comprising: a determining module configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or by the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t Indeed
  • the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; and the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located or determine the data channel by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t N subframes in which the resource is located, N is an integer greater than 0; the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB in one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or N in the data channel resource The N times of transmission of the TB are received on the frame, and N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the determining module is configured to be within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received according to the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t Determining a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be set to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than or equal to N, and K is a positive integer.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, an initial transmission subframe #k that receives the TB for the first time within a TB interval, where the start of the TB interval
  • the subframe is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ⁇ [0, K-1].
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is received within the TB interval for the first time, where the TB interval is within Include K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ⁇ K, sequentially connect the K D2D D2D subframes to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as sub-frames [#0,...,#K D2D -1]
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, the logic is determined according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval. First the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB included in system configuration is indicated by higher layer signaling or predefined.
  • the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , the N-1 retransmissions that receive the TB retransmission within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t Frame #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0, . . .
  • the method further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the received control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to The device D2D schedules configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • an obtaining module configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the received control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to The device D2D schedules configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • a data transmission system including: a first user equipment UE and a second UE, where the first UE includes the foregoing data transmitting apparatus, and the second UE includes the foregoing s installation.
  • the data channel subframe resource used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated, so that the transmitting UE can effectively indicate the used sub-frame.
  • the frame resource and the subframe resource configuration that enables the receiving UE to effectively obtain the data block to be received achieve flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reduce the signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a D2D communication structure according to the related art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frame of an LTE system
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration indicating that 4 TBs are transmitted in one SA period according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration in which k and t indication information determine a TB transmission within a TB interval according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration for determining a TB transmission within a TB interval by using k and t indication information on the basis of a D2D subframe resource pool configuration according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Example 7 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 17 of the present invention.
  • Example 8 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 18 of the present invention.
  • Example 9 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 19 of the present invention.
  • Example 10 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 20 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to an twenty-first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to an example 22 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example XXIII of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a data receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a block diagram showing the structure of a data receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a data transmitting method is provided.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method mainly includes the following steps:
  • Step S302 The first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, that the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer.
  • Step S304 the first UE sends a data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the data is directly transmitted between the UEs, and the transmitting UE (the first UE) transmits the D2D control indication information or the system predefined parameters and rules to one or more receiving UEs (the second UE).
  • the corresponding D2D data channel resource configuration is indicated, so that the receiving end UE can determine the D2D data channel resource configuration according to the control indication information or the predefined parameters and rules, and receive the required data on the corresponding D2D data channel resource.
  • the D2D control indication information may also be referred to as Scheduling Assignment (SA) information.
  • SA Scheduling Assignment
  • the D2D communication includes multiple types of resources, such as a D2D data channel resource, a D2D discovery channel resource, a D2D SA resource, and a D2D synchronization channel resource.
  • the transmitting end UE sends the SA information on the D2D SA resource, and the SA may include the indication information about the data channel resource used by the transmitting end UE, and the transmitting end UE D2D wireless network temporary identifier (Radio Network Tempory Identity) , RNTI) and other information.
  • RNTI Radio Network Tempory Identity
  • the SA resource and the data channel resource are divided into sub-frames in the time domain, and the D2D SA information is carried on the SA subframe, and the D2D data information is carried on the Data subframe. Therefore, the D2D data channel resource is transmitted in a valid SA.
  • the minimum scheduling configuration period also known as the SA period.
  • the transmitting UE can transmit one or more TBs, and each TB has a certain TB interval, that is, a subframe range that can be used to transmit the TB in the SA period, corresponding to the time domain.
  • K subframes, K is a positive integer.
  • the transmitting UE indicates one or more subframes for transmitting the TB within the K subframes. As shown in FIG.
  • the SA period is 40 ms, and the transmitting UE transmits 4 TBs in the SA period, and each TB TB.
  • the UE configures 2 transmissions for each TB, and performs initial transmission on subframe#0 and retransmission on subframe#4.
  • the transmitting end UE may be configured to transmit once or transmit N times for each TB, and each transmission needs to indicate the data subframe position where the corresponding data channel is located. Therefore, when the TB is transmitted only once, one subframe should be indicated within the TB interval. That is, the initial transmission subframe, the transmitting UE sends the TB to be transmitted on the indicated subframe; when the TB is configured to transmit N times, the N subframes should be indicated within the TB interval, including the initial transmission subframe and the N-1 The retransmission subframe, the transmitting UE performs N transmissions on the TB to be transmitted on the indicated subframe.
  • the transmitting end UE indicates one subframe in which the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k; or, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, one or N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is An integer greater than 1, k, t is a non-negative integer, and the transmitting end UE indicates, by k and t, a subframe configuration in which one TB to be transmitted is within a corresponding TB interval.
  • the actual physical subframes are directly indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, namely:
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used to indicate the initial transmission subframe #k, and the initial subframe within the TB interval is recorded as the subframe #0, and the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the initial subframe.
  • the initial transmission subframe further starts with the initial transmission subframe #k as a starting point, and the subframe corresponding to each t subframe interval is one retransmission subframe until the configured transmission times are reached.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are indicated based on the logical subframe sequence formed by sequentially connecting all the configured D2D subframes.
  • the D2D subframe resource pool is predefined or pre-configured by the system, or is indicated by a high-level signaling configuration.
  • One or more subframes are included in the TB interval as available subframes for D2D communication, and the D2D data signal can only be in the configured D2D sub-frame.
  • the resource is configured and transmitted on the frame.
  • K D2D D2D subframes can be configured in the TB interval range, and K D2D ⁇ K, the configured D2D subframes can be continuous or discrete, and all K D2D D2D subframes can be sequentially connected to form a logically continuous
  • the D2D subframe sequence can be recorded as subframe #0,...,#K D2D -1.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used to indicate the logical initial transmission subframe #k in the foregoing D2D logical subframe sequence. Further, further, according to the distribution of the D2D subframe in the TB interval, the logical initial transmission subframe may be determined. #k corresponds to the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D .
  • N 4, in the D2D logical subframe sequence, the logical sub-frame #k is indicated by k as the logical initial transmission subframe, and the logical initial transmission subframe #k is used as the starting point, and the logical subframe corresponding to each t subframe interval is Retransmitting the subframe until the configured number of transmissions is reached. Further, according to the correspondence between the D2D logical subframe sequence and the physical subframe, determining the initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k, And the retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
  • the transmitting end UE transmits only once to the TB, that is, only when the initial transmission subframe needs to be indicated, the transmitting end UE indicates one used by k.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k may also be referred to as an initial transmission subframe offset, and may be indicated by the UE at the transmitting end by an explicit signaling indication overhead, or may be calculated according to a predefined rule by using related information.
  • the SA resource information used by the UE at the transmitting end the ID information of the UE at the transmitting end, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes included in the TB interval, K D2D, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, etc. It can be indicated by the following method.
  • k is indicated by the transmitting end UE in the SA.
  • the time domain indication information of the data channel resource in the SA is T-RPT signaling, and the T-RPT explicitly indicates the k value with a certain bit overhead, and the maximum value range of k is [0, K-1].
  • k indicates the logical subframe number in the D2D logical subframe sequence, and the maximum value range of k is [0, K D2D -1].
  • the indicated overhead of the display can be very flexible and effective to control the position of the initial transmission subframe of the TB within the TB interval, and achieve any initial subframe configuration in the configured D2D subframe resource pool. This method requires more The indication overhead is used to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, which has good configuration indication flexibility.
  • the indicated overhead of the display can flexibly and effectively control the position of the initial transmission subframe of the TB within the TB interval, and k takes a partial value in all the subframes of the TB interval, and can achieve a flexible initial transmission subframe.
  • the configuration effect on the other hand, can also reduce the number of control overhead bits. Compared with the method of the first example, the method can reduce the signaling overhead required to indicate k, and at the same time guarantee certain flexibility requirements.
  • the transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmission times N of the TB, and the value range of the indicated k is At this time, the UE at the transmitting end does not use more than Or log 2 (K-1) bit indicates a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value.
  • the eNB configures the D2D subframe resource pool by using system broadcast signaling, and the UE at the transmitting end indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k in the configured D2D subframe resource pool by T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k Determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D configured in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, the range of the indicated k is At this time, the UE at the transmitting end does not use more than Or log 2 (K D2D -1) bit indicates a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value.
  • K D2D -1) bit indicates a k value
  • the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value.
  • the transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmission times N of the TB, and the value range of the indicated k is At this time, the transmitting end UE uses a value of not more than 4 bits to indicate a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value.
  • k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval:
  • the SA index indicates the resource index number of the SA resource used by the UE at the transmitting end.
  • the transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the used SA resource index, and the system defines the relationship between the SA index and the TB interval K and the k value, so that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, The initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted is indicated to the receiving UE.
  • SA index refers to the UE at the transmitting end.
  • the method has the advantages of implicitly indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k, and can achieve a relatively uniform initial transmission subframe indication effect, and ensures that the initial transmission subframe configuration has certain flexibility, and does not need to display indication signaling. Effectively compresses the overhead indicated for data channel resources.
  • k is determined by the D2D RNTI and TB interval K of the transmitting UE or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval:
  • k (UE D2D RNTI) modK
  • the transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k with its own UE ID, that is, the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI and the D2D subframe number K D2D and the k value, so that the transmitting UE does not need any indication letter. Therefore, the initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted may be indicated to the receiving UE.
  • the transmitting end UE may indicate its own D2D RNTI in the SA information, or may mark its own ID information through a D2D synchronization signal, or a discovery signal or the like.
  • the transmitting end UE transmits the SA information to indicate that its RNTI is "1010 0001 1100 1100".
  • the RNTI is represented by a 16-bit binary number.
  • the RNTI corresponding is converted into Decimal numbers, further calculated according to the system-defined relationship, then:
  • the method has the advantages of implicitly indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k, and can achieve a relatively uniform initial transmission subframe indication effect, and ensures that the initial transmission subframe configuration has certain flexibility, and does not need to display indication signaling. Effectively compresses the overhead indicated for data channel resources.
  • k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB:
  • k is equal to the SA index modulo operation after K is divided by N and rounded down, or
  • K D2D is divided by N and rounded down to perform a modulo operation.
  • the eNB pre-configures the D2D subframe resource pool by using the high-layer signaling, and the UE at the transmitting end implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the SA resource index, and the system defines the SA index, the number of D2D subframes, the K D2D , and the TB transmission times.
  • the relationship between the value of the N and the value of the k is such that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, the first-order subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted can be indicated to the receiving end UE.
  • the advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available D2D subframe range K D2D on the one hand, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the transmission number configuration in consideration of the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration.
  • a space is reserved for the configuration of the retransmission subframe, so that a relatively uniform and reasonable TB transmission subframe indication effect is achieved as a whole, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and no indication is needed. Signaling can effectively compress the overhead indicated by the data channel resources.
  • k is determined by the D2D RNTI, K or D2D subframe number K D2D of the transmitting UE, and the number of transmissions N of the TB:
  • k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation after K is divided by N and rounded down; or
  • k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation on K D2D divided by N and rounded down.
  • the transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k in the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI, the TB interval K, and the TB transmission times N and k values, so that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, The initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted is indicated to the receiving UE.
  • the initial transmission subframe is configured in the maximum available subframe range K, and the effect of the TB transmission number on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times, Reconfiguring the reserved space of the subframe, so as to achieve a more uniform and reasonable TB transmission subframe indication effect as a whole, and ensuring flexible and reasonable configuration of the initial transmission subframe, and also implicitly indicating k, without indicating indication signaling
  • the overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed.
  • k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t is determined:
  • k is equal to SA index modulo the difference between K and (N-1)*t, or
  • k is equal to SA index to perform a modulo operation on the difference between K D2D and (N-1)*t.
  • the transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the SA resource index, and the system defines the relationship between the SA index, the TB interval K, the TB transmission number N, and the retransmission interval t and k values, so that the transmitting end
  • the UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, the UE may be instructed to indicate to the receiving UE the initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted.
  • the advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available subframe range on the one hand, and the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times.
  • the configuration of the sub-frames is reserved, so that the TB transmission subframe indication effect is more uniform and reasonable, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and the indication signaling is not required to be displayed.
  • the overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed.
  • k is determined by the D2D RNTI of the transmitting UE, the number of K or D2D subframes K D2D , and the number N of transmissions of the TB, the retransmission interval t:
  • k (UE D2D RNTI) mod(K-(N-1)*t), ie,
  • k is equal to the transmitter UE D2D RNTI modulo the difference between K and (N-1)*t; or
  • k (UE D2D RNTI) mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t), ie,
  • k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation on the difference between K D2D and (N-1)*t.
  • the system pre-defines the D2D subframe resource pool, and the transmitting UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI, K D2D , N, t and k values, so that the transmitting UE does not need to Any indication signaling, that is, the initial UE position information of the TB to be transmitted may be indicated to the receiving UE.
  • the advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available subframe range on the one hand, and the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times.
  • the configuration of the sub-frames is reserved, so that the TB transmission subframe indication effect is more uniform and reasonable, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and the indication signaling is not required to be displayed.
  • the overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed.
  • the offset indication amount ⁇ k may be further superimposed as the initial transmission subframe index number k, that is, the final transmission subframe index number k, that is,
  • the offset indication quantity ⁇ k is indicated by the transmitting end UE in the control indication signaling, and the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the used SA resource index, and indicates the TB interval K, the TB transmission number N, the retransmission interval t, and the offset indication by 2 bits in the T-RPT signaling, respectively.
  • Quantity ⁇ k. k is implicitly indicated by the SA PRB index according to a predefined relationship.
  • the retransmission interval t may be indicated by the UE at the transmitting end through an explicit signaling overhead, or may be determined according to a pre-defined rule of the information, or determined by a fixed value of the system, and may be indicated by the following method.
  • the transmitting end UE in the SA indicates by the transmitting end UE in the SA that the time domain indication information of the data channel resource in the SA is T-RPT signaling, and the T value is explicitly indicated by the T-RPT with a certain bit overhead.
  • the transmitting end UE indicates the retransmission interval t through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the system pre-defines the correspondence between the indication bit and the t value. For different numbers of indication bit overheads, different correspondences may be defined correspondingly, and the indication cost is For 1/2/3/4bit, the corresponding t values are shown in Table 5, Table 6, Table 7, and Table 8, respectively.
  • the indicated overhead of the TB retransmission subframe and the initial transmission subframe can be flexibly and effectively controlled to achieve a flexible retransmission subframe configuration effect.
  • This method requires a certain control indication bit overhead, and the specific overhead can be Determine according to system requirements.
  • t determines a fixed value for the system specification.
  • the advantage of this method is that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, the overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed, and the unique fixed t value is advantageous for simplifying the resource scheduling configuration.
  • the eNB indicates the retransmission interval t through the system broadcast message SIB or the RRC message, and the t value indicated by the high layer signaling has a semi-static configuration effect and remains unchanged for a certain time range.
  • the network side includes one or more of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager. .
  • the method has the advantages that the physical layer signaling overhead is not required to indicate the retransmission interval t, and the overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed.
  • the retransmission interval t can be semi-statically adjusted through the high layer signaling, so that the t value has a certain value. Configurability, and the unified t value of the cell is beneficial to simplify resource scheduling configuration.
  • t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB. According to the specific value of N, the system pre-defines the correspondence between N and t, thereby determining the specific value of t.
  • the system defines the correspondence between N and t. Some examples are shown in Table 9-Table 17.
  • the UE at the transmitting end can determine the corresponding value of t according to the predefined rule according to the number N of transmissions of the TB.
  • the advantage of this method is that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, the overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed, and the corresponding retransmission interval t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB, so that the value of t can be It varies with the number of transmission subframes required, and has strong adaptability and flexibility.
  • t is determined according to the number of transmissions N of the TB and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , or
  • the method has the advantages that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, and the overhead indicated by the data channel resource can be effectively compressed, and the corresponding retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of transmission times N of the TB and the TB interval K, so that the t value is obtained. It can be changed with the number of required transmission subframes and the maximum number of available subframes, and has strong adaptability and flexibility.
  • the transmitting end UE explicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t in the SA by signaling, and transmits the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
  • the channel sub-frame resource is shown in FIG. 7. The transmitting end UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe #5, and performs retransmission three times in subframe #9, #13, and #17, respectively.
  • the system pre-configured the D2D subframe resource pool, and the transmitting UE indicates the retransmission interval t for the D2D logical subframe sequence by signaling in the SA, and the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the UE UE for the SA resource index and the D2D sub-frame.
  • the number of frames K D2D is determined (as described in method 2) and the TB to be transmitted is transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
  • the logical initial transmission subframe is subframe #9
  • the logical retransmission subframe is For subframe #12, corresponding to the actual physical subframe, the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of TB in subframe#11 and retransmits in subframe#16.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the SA resource index used by the transmitting UE, the TB interval K, and the number N of transmissions of the TB (as described in Method 4), and the retransmission interval t is determined according to the relationship between the configured N and Table 9.
  • the UE does not need any signaling indications k and t, so that the subframe resource indication of the data resource can be implemented, and the TB to be transmitted is sent on the indicated data subframe.
  • the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe#6, and respectively in subframe#8, #10, #12 respectively. Perform three retransmissions.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the RNTI of the transmitting UE, the TB interval K, and the number N of transmissions of the TB (as described in Method 5), and the retransmission interval t is determined according to the relationship between the configured N and Table 10, and the transmitting end
  • the UE does not need any signaling indications k and t to implement the subframe resource indication of the data resource, and sends the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
  • the RNTI of the UE at the transmitting end is "0111 1000 0010 1001"
  • the transmitting end UE explicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by signaling in the SA, where (As described in Method 1), t is determined according to the number of transmissions N of the TB and the interval K of the TB, (As described in Method 5), and transmitting the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
  • the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 11.
  • the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe #7 and retransmits in subframe#17.
  • the initial indication subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t may be indicated by a unified indication information: a resource configuration index number Resource Index.
  • the Resource Index indicates in the control indication signaling that the control indication signaling is D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the system pre-defines the resource configuration table.
  • the Resource Index i in the table reflects the result of the joint encoding of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k (or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ). That is to say, an arbitrary set of [K, N, k(k 0 )] takes a value and uniquely corresponds to one Resource Index i. At the same time, by controlling the value of i indicated by the indication signaling, a unique set of [K, N, k(k 0 )] values may also be determined based on the resource configuration table.
  • the system pre-defines the resource configuration table. Based on the resource configuration table, the transmitting UE can indicate k and t by using a unique indication parameter: Resource Index i.
  • the resource configuration table defines a unique corresponding TB interval K, a number of transmission times N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k, that is, the Resource Index i can directly obtain K and N from the resource configuration table.
  • k value, further, the retransmission interval t is determined by K, N:
  • the retransmission interval t is obtained as above, and the transmission interval between multiple transmissions of the TB to be transmitted can be maximized within a valid TB transmission interval, thereby providing a more efficient time diversity gain.
  • the system predefined resource configuration table is shown in Table 18:
  • the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 12, and the transmitting end performs initial transmission of the TB on the indicated subframe#2, and performs three retransmissions on subframes #12, #22, and #32, respectively.
  • the system pre-defines the resource configuration table. Based on the resource configuration table, the transmitting UE can indicate k and t by using a unique indication parameter: Resource Index i.
  • the resource configuration table defines a unique corresponding TB interval K, a number of transmission times N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , that is, the Resource Index i can directly obtain K from the resource configuration table. N and k 0 values.
  • the D2D subframe resource pool is pre-defined or pre-configured by the system, or the network side indicates the D2D subframe resource pool by the high-layer signaling.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D and N in the TB interval, and the initial transmission is performed.
  • the subframe index number k is determined by k 0 and t:
  • the retransmission interval t is obtained as above, and the transmission interval between multiple transmissions of the to-be-transmitted TB can be maximized within a valid D2D subframe configuration, thereby providing a more efficient time diversity gain, and the initial transmission subframe index
  • the number k is obtained as above, and the initial transmission subframe can be guaranteed to be a D2D subframe, and the initial transmission subframe position is determined according to the number of transmissions and the transmission interval, thereby providing an adaptive subframe configuration effect.
  • the system predefined resource configuration table is shown in Table 19:
  • the logical initial transmission subframe is subframe #3
  • logic The retransmission subframe is subframe #9, corresponding to the actual physical subframe, and the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe#6, and retransmits in subframe#29.
  • a data receiving method is also provided.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a data receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the method mainly includes the following steps:
  • Step S1402 The second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, and k, t is a non-negative integer.
  • Step S1404 The second UE receives the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the second UE may determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or, by using the initial transmission subframe index number And the retransmission interval t determines one or N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, and N is an integer greater than 1; further, the second UE receives data transmission in a subframe where the data channel resource is located Block TB; or, the second UE receives N times of transmission of the TB in N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located includes: the second UE, according to the initial transmission, within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received
  • the frame index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t determine the one or N subframes, wherein the TB interval refers to a maximum subframe range usable for receiving the TB Contains K subframes, K is greater than or equal to N, and K is a positive integer.
  • determining, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received within the TB interval for the first time where The starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ⁇ [0, K-1].
  • the N-1 retransmissions of the TB are received within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t based on the initial transmission subframe #k.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used to determine, for the first time, the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is received within the TB interval, where the The K D2D devices are included in the TB interval to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ⁇ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, which are respectively recorded as subframes [#0,...,#K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval, determining The logical initial transmission subframe #k corresponds to the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D ; the number of the D2D subframes included in the TB interval K D2D and the subframe position are indicated by a system pre-defined or higher layer signaling configuration.
  • the logical retransmission subframe #m corresponds to the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D .
  • the second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, a retransmission interval when one subframe of the used data channel resource is determined.
  • t is a fixed value, or the t value indicates no meaning, or the t value indication is not obtained, or the indicated t value is null.
  • the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where
  • the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indicates time domain resource pattern transmission (T-RPT) signaling in the SA signaling, the first UE is the control indication signaling and The transmitting end of the TB.
  • T-RPT time domain resource pattern transmission
  • the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where the initial transmission subframe index number
  • the maximum value of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB.
  • the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
  • a value greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N, and determined to be a smaller value, and an integer is taken; or, the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is separated by the TB
  • the number of the D2D subframes K D2D included in the TD and the number N of transmissions of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by N rounded down Integer value; or a value greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D divided by N rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
  • the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k according to any one or more of the following information: the received resource of the control indication channel Information, the ID information of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, the retransmission Interval t.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE, and the number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the Determining the number of D2D subframes K D2D , where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K D2D The value obtained by the modulo operation.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE and the number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D Determining, wherein k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a K of the first UE's UE Radio Network Temporary Identity RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE The value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D .
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes KK included in the TB interval, or the The D2D subframe number K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the SA index of the control indication channel by K divided by the N rounded value; or k is The control indicates that the SA index of the channel is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D And determining, by the number of transmissions N of the TB, where k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is the The value obtained by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE modulo K D2D divided by the N rounded down value.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount ⁇ k as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, where the offset indication
  • the quantity ⁇ k is indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, and the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the second UE receives 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bit information from the control indication signaling of the first UE, and indicates the retransmission interval t.
  • the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side through a high layer signaling configuration, where The network side includes one or more of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, and a mobile The MME, the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN), the Operation Management and Maintenance OAM Manager.
  • EUTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t may be uniquely determined by a specific value of N and a predefined rule. The specific value.
  • a predefined rule for determining the retransmission interval t according to the number N of transmissions of the TB is:
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D and the number of transmissions N of the TB, where the weight The pass interval t is equal to K divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
  • the second UE determines, according to the resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, and a predefined resource configuration table.
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are described.
  • control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k. Further, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB, where t is equal to an integer value in which K is divided by N and rounded down.
  • the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k. 0.
  • the retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by N rounded down An integer value;
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
  • a data transmitting apparatus wherein the apparatus corresponds to the data sending method, and the apparatus can complete data transmission according to the description of the foregoing method.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data sending apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method mainly includes: a determining module 1502, configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number.
  • k and the retransmission interval t determine the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer;
  • the transmitting module 1504 is configured to transmit the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located or by using the initial transmission subframe index number
  • the k and the retransmission interval t determine N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0;
  • the transmitting module is configured to transmit the TB or in the subframe in which the data channel resource is located
  • the TB is sent N times in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is transmitted.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or through the initial transmission subframe index The number k and the retransmission interval t determine N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; the transmitting module is configured to send the TB in one subframe in which the data channel resource is located Or transmitting the TB N times in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is transmitted.
  • the apparatus further includes: an indication module, configured to indicate, in the control indication signaling, the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t,
  • the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within a TB interval, where
  • the starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ⁇ [0, K-1], K For the TB interval.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within the TB interval.
  • D2D wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ⁇ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as a subframe [#0 , ..., #K D2D -1], wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and then the TB according to the D2D subframe distribution in the interval, the logic determines the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding to the beginning of the physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB comprise predefined by the system or High-level signaling configuration indication.
  • a data receiving apparatus configured to implement the data receiving method
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method mainly includes: a determining module 1602, configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or by using the initial transmission sub- The frame index number k and the retransmission interval t determine the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t are non-negative integers; and the receiving module 1604 is configured to receive the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, a subframe in which a data channel resource is located or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and The retransmission interval t determines N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, and N is an integer greater than 0; the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located; or The N times of the TB are received in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, and N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  • the determining module is configured to be based on the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe index within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received.
  • the number k and the retransmission interval t determine a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, wherein the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be used to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than or equal to N, K Is a positive integer.
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received for the first time within a TB interval, where
  • the initial subframe at the TB interval is referred to as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ⁇ [0, K-1].
  • the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received for the first time within the TB interval.
  • D2D wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ⁇ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as a subframe [#0 , ..., #K D2D -1];
  • the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to the D2D subframe in the TB distribution in the interval, the logic determines the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding to the beginning of the physical transmission subframe #k D2D;
  • D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB comprise predefined by the system or High-level signaling configuration indication.
  • the apparatus may further include: an acquiring module, configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the control indication signaling,
  • the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  • a data transmission system including: a first UE and a second UE, where the first UE includes the foregoing data transmitting device, and the second UE includes the foregoing data.
  • Receiving device including: a first UE and a second UE, where the first UE includes the foregoing data transmitting device, and the second UE includes the foregoing data.
  • the data channel subframe used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number, or the initial transmission subframe index number and the retransmission interval.
  • the resource enables the transmitting end UE to effectively indicate the used subframe resource, and enables the receiving end UE to effectively obtain the subframe resource configuration of the to-be-received data block, thereby achieving flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reducing the signaling overhead. effect.
  • modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein.
  • the steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module.
  • the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the data channel subframe resource used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number, or the initial transmission subframe index number and the retransmission interval, so that the UE at the transmitting end is enabled.
  • the subframe resource configuration can be effectively indicated, and the receiving UE can effectively obtain the subframe resource configuration of the data block to be received, thereby achieving flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reducing the signaling overhead.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a data transmission method, apparatus and system, wherein, the data transmission method includes: a first user equipment (UE) determines the sub-frame where a data channel resource is located according to the index number k of an initial transmission sub-frame, or the index number k of the initial transmission sub-frame and a retransmission interval t, and k and t are non-negative integers; and the first UE transmits a data transmission block (TB) in the sub-frame where the data channel resource is located.

Description

数据发送方法、装置及系统Data transmission method, device and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信领域,具体而言,涉及一种数据发送方法、装置及系统。The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在设备到设备(Device to Device,简称为D2D)通信系统中,用户设备(User Equipment,简称为UE)之间有业务需要传输时,UE之间的业务数据不经过基站的转发,而是直接由数据源UE通过空中接口传输给目标UE。图1是根据相关技术的D2D通信结构的示意图,如图1所示,这种通信模式具有明显区别于传统蜂窝系统通信模式的特征,对于能够应用D2D通信方式的近距离通信用户来说,D2D传输不但节省了无线频谱资源,而且降低了核心网的数据传输压力,能够减少系统资源占用,增加蜂窝通信系统频谱效率,降低终端发射功耗,并在很大程度上节省网络运营成本。In a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, when there is a service between the user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short), the service data between the UEs is not forwarded by the base station, but directly Transmitted by the data source UE to the target UE over the air interface. 1 is a schematic diagram of a D2D communication structure according to the related art. As shown in FIG. 1, this communication mode has characteristics that are significantly different from those of a conventional cellular system, and for a short-range communication user capable of applying a D2D communication method, D2D The transmission not only saves the wireless spectrum resources, but also reduces the data transmission pressure of the core network, can reduce the system resource occupation, increase the spectrum efficiency of the cellular communication system, reduce the terminal transmission power consumption, and largely save the network operation cost.
在长期演进(LTE)系统中,无线资源在时域上以无线帧为单位划分资源,每个无线帧为10ms,包含10个子帧。每个子帧为1ms,分为0.5ms的2个时隙(slot),如图2所示。在蜂窝通信中,UE的无线资源由演进型基站(evolved NodeB,简称为eNB)统一控制调度,UE从eNB接收调度控制指示信息,并根据指示信息在相应的下行资源上接收eNB传输的数据,或者在上行资源上向eNB发射信号。而在D2D通信中,数据通过固定的无线资源直接在发射端UE与接收端UE之间传输,发射端UE无法使用蜂窝通信中的eNB向UE调度指示资源的方法动态确定D2D数据信道资源配置信息。In a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, a radio resource divides resources in units of radio frames in a time domain, each radio frame being 10 ms, including 10 subframes. Each sub-frame is 1 ms, divided into 2 slots of 0.5 ms, as shown in FIG. In the cellular communication, the radio resource of the UE is uniformly controlled by the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB for short), and the UE receives the scheduling control indication information from the eNB, and receives the data transmitted by the eNB on the corresponding downlink resource according to the indication information. Or transmitting a signal to the eNB on the uplink resource. In D2D communication, data is directly transmitted between the transmitting UE and the receiving UE through a fixed radio resource, and the transmitting UE cannot dynamically determine the D2D data channel resource configuration information by using the eNB in the cellular communication to schedule the indication resource to the UE. .
针对相关技术中D2D通信的发射端UE无法动态指示所使用的D2D数据信道资源的问题,目前尚未提出有效的解决方案。For the problem that the transmitting UE of the D2D communication in the related art cannot dynamically indicate the D2D data channel resource used, an effective solution has not been proposed yet.
发明内容Summary of the invention
针对相关技术中D2D通信的发射端UE无法动态指示所使用的D2D数据信道资源的问题,本发明提供了一种数据传输方案,以至少解决上述问题。The present invention provides a data transmission scheme to solve at least the above problems, in view of the problem that the transmitting end UE of the D2D communication in the related art cannot dynamically indicate the used D2D data channel resource.
根据本发明的一个实施例,提供了一种数据发送方法,包括:第一用户设备UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据 信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。According to an embodiment of the present invention, a data sending method is provided, including: determining, by a first user equipment UE, data by initially transmitting a subframe index number k, or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t The subframe in which the channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; the first UE transmits the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
可选地,所述第一用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB;或者所述第一用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数;所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。Optionally, the first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; the first UE is in a subframe where the data channel resource is located Transmitting the TB; or the first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; A UE sends N times to the TB in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is sent.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在待发送的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内指示所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于发送所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K为大于等于所述TB的发送次数的正整数。Optionally, the method further includes: the first UE indicating, within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be sent, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where the TB interval is available to send the The maximum subframe range of the TB includes K subframes, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to the number of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第一UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1],K为所述TB间隔。Optionally, the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, includes: determining, by the first UE, the first transmission of the TB within a TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k The sub-frame #k is transmitted, wherein the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the k-th subframe after the starting subframe, k∈[0 , K-1], K is the TB interval.
可选地,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧还包括:所述第一UE基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。Optionally, the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located further includes: determining, by the first UE, that the first UE is repeated within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t Sending N-1 retransmission subframes #m of the TB, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
可选地,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第一UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1],其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,再根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。Optionally, the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, including: determining, by the first UE, the first transmission of the TB within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k The initial transmission subframe #k D2D , wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence, respectively a subframe [#0,...,#K D2D -1], wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and according to the D2D a distribution of the subframes within the TB interval, determining a physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; a number of the D2D subframes K D2D and a subframe included in the TB interval The location is indicated by system pre-defined or higher layer signaling configuration.
可选地,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:所述第一UE基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧 #m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DOptionally, the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, the method further includes: determining, by the first UE, the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D Repeatingly transmitting N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D of the TB, wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0,...,#K D2D -1] Determining a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1] according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval t, and further, according to the D2D The distribution of the subframes within the TB interval determines the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
可选地,在通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定所使用的数据信道资源所在的一个子帧的情况下,所述重传间隔t设置为固定值、或者t值指示无意义、或者不指示t值,或者t值为空。Optionally, in a case where one subframe in which the used data channel resource is determined is determined by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, the retransmission interval t is set to a fixed value, or the t value indicates no Meaning, or does not indicate a t value, or the t value is null.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输T-RPT信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is The device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or the D2D scheduling indication time-domain resource pattern in the SA signaling transmits T-RPT information.
可选地,所述第一UE通过1或2或3或4bit指示信令指示所述重传间隔t。Optionally, the first UE indicates the retransmission interval t by using 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bit indication signaling.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,指示的所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数;或者,指示的所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数。Optionally, the method further includes: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k in the control indication signaling, where the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k indicated by the TB The interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N downward; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K is divided by N and the value determined by the downward determination is equal to the smaller value of 15, taking an integer; or, the indicated maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is represented by the D2D subframe included in the TB interval. The number K D2D and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or greater than or equal to zero, And less than K D2D divided by N is rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据下列信息中的至少之一确定:所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述第一UE的ID信息、TB间隔包含的子帧数量K、所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述重传间隔t。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to at least one of the following information: the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE, the ID information of the first UE, and the TB interval The number of subframes K, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE and the number of subframes K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where And k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel to K D2D .
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE无线网络临时标识RNTI或D2D RNTI对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。 Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE and a number of subframes K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k is the first A UE's UE radio network temporarily identifies a value obtained by modulo-calculating K by RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating K D2D by UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing N by N rounded down; or k is the control indication channel The resource index number SA index is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,SA index为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号;或者k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE, the resource information of the control indication channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , The number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t is determined, where k = (SA index) mod (K - (N - 1) * t), wherein the SA index is the resource index number of the control indication channel Or k=(SA index) mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t).
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions of the TB. Determining, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE A value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D divided by the value of N rounded down.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),UE D2D RNTI为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI;或者k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , the number of transmissions N of the TB, And determining, in the retransmission interval t, where k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K−(N−1)*t), the UE D2D RNTI is the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k= (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k进一步叠加偏移指示量△k作为更新的所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述偏移指示量△k由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount Δk as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset indication amount Δk is used by the first UE In the control indication signaling, the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
可选地,所述重传间隔t为唯一固定值,由系统规范确定;或者,所述重传间隔t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示,其中,所述网络侧包括以下实体中的一种或多种:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side by a high layer signaling configuration, where the network side includes one of the following entities: One or more of: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
可选地,所述重传间隔t根据预定义规则和所述TB的传输次数N确定。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,根据所述TB的传输次数N确定所述重传间隔t的所述预定义规则至少包括以下之一:N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=8,N=4 时,t=4,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=2;或者,N=2时,t=3,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=5,N=4时,t=3,N=8时,t=2;或者,N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=1,或者N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,或者N=2时,t=2,N=4时,t=1,或者N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4。Optionally, determining the predefined rule of the retransmission interval t according to the number N of transmissions of the TB includes at least one of the following: when N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, N When =8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=8, N=4 When t=4, N=8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=2; or, when N=2 , t=3, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=5, when N=4, t=3, N=8, t= 2; or, when N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=1, or N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, or N=2, t=2 When N=4, t=1, or N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4.
可选地,所述重传间隔t根据TB间隔K或所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,所述重传间隔t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者所述重传间隔t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where the retransmission interval t is equal to K division An integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示的资源配置索引号Resource Index i以及预定义的资源配置表确定。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are determined by a resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, and a predefined resource configuration table.
可选地,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
可选地,所述资源配置表中的所述资源配置索引号i为所述TB间隔K,所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0的联合编码指示值,即,所述资源配置索引号i唯一对应于一个所述TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0Optionally, the resource configuration index number i in the resource configuration table is the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 Joint coding indication value, that is, the resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
可选地,所述TB间隔和所述TB的传输次数的组合[K,N]的不同取值,对应于不同数量的所述资源配置索引号i。Optionally, different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
可选地,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值。Optionally, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
可选地,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔以内包含的D2D子帧的数量KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据所述重传间隔t和所述初始传输子帧基准值k0确定,其中,k等于k0对t进行取模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ; the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; the initial transmission subframe index number k It is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
根据本发明的另一个实施例,提供了一种数据接收方法,包括:第二用户设备UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。 According to another embodiment of the present invention, a data receiving method is provided, including: the second user equipment UE transmits the subframe index number k by initial transmission, or passes the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t Determining a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; the second UE receives the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
可选地,所述第二用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,所述第二用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。Optionally, the second user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located, and the second UE receives data in one subframe where the data channel resource is located. Transmitting the block TB; or, the second user equipment UE determines, by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0, where the The second UE receives N times of transmissions of the TB on the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第二UE在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。Optionally, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, the second UE is within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received, according to the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial The transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t determine a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be used to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than Equal to N, K is a positive integer.
可选地,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧包括:所述第二UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。Optionally, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located includes: determining, by the second UE, the first transmission of the TB within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k Frame #k, where the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k∈[0,K -1].
可选地,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。Optionally, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, further comprising: determining, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, that the TB is received within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t N-1 retransmission subframes #m, where m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
可选地,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第二UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。Optionally, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, including: determining, by the second UE, the first time that the TB is received within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k The initial transmission subframe #k D2D , wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence, respectively a subframe [#0,...,#K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to the D2D a distribution of the subframes within the TB interval, determining a physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; a number of the D2D subframes K D2D and a subframe included in the TB interval The location is indicated by system pre-defined or higher layer signaling configuration.
可选地,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:所述第二UE基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DOptionally, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, further comprising: determining, by the second UE, the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D Receiving the N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D retransmitted by the TB, wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0,...,#K D2D -1] Up, determining a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1] according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval t, further, according to the The distribution of the D2D subframes within the TB interval determines a physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
可选地,所述第二UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定所使用的数据信道资源所在的一个子帧时,重传间隔t为固定值、或者t值指示无意义、或者未获得t值指示、或者所指示的t值为空。Optionally, when the second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, one subframe in which the used data channel resource is located, the retransmission interval t is a fixed value, or the t value indicates meaningless. Or, the t value indication is not obtained, or the indicated t value is null.
可选地,所述第二UE在第一UE发送的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输T-RPT信令,所述第一UE是所述控制指示信令和所述TB的发送端。Optionally, the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where the control indication signaling is a device to device The D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indication, the time domain resource pattern in the SA signaling, transmits T-RPT signaling, where the first UE is the control indication signaling and the sending end of the TB.
可选地,所述第二UE从所述控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数;或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数。Optionally, the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k from the control indication signaling, where a maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the TB interval K and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N rounding; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N Rounding up the determined value and the smaller value of 15, taking an integer; or, the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is the number of the D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D Divide by N to round down the exact value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
可选地,所述第二UE根据以下至少之一确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k:接收到的所述控制指示信道的资源信息,所述第一UE的ID信息,所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K,所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,所述重传间隔t。Optionally, the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k according to at least one of the following: the received resource information of the control indication channel, the ID information of the first UE, the TB interval The number of subframes K included, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由接收到的所述控制指示信道的资源信息和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the received resource information of the control indication channel and the number of subframes K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE无线网络临时标识RNTI或D2D RNTI对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE and a number of subframes K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, where k is the first A UE's UE radio network temporarily identifies a value obtained by modulo-calculating K by RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating K D2D by UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K除以N向 下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing N by N rounded down; or k is the control indication channel The resource index number SA index is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,SA index为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号;或者k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE, the resource information of the control indication channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , The number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t is determined, where k = (SA index) mod (K - (N - 1) * t), wherein the SA index is the resource index number of the control indication channel Or k=(SA index) mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t).
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions of the TB. Determining, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE A value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D divided by the value of N rounded down.
可选地所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,UE D2D RNTI为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI;或者k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , the number of transmissions N of the TB, and The retransmission interval t is determined, where k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K−(N−1)*t), where the UE D2D RNTI is the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
可选地,所述初始传输子帧索引号k进一步叠加偏移指示量△k作为更新的所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述偏移指示量△k由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount Δk as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset indication amount Δk is used by the first UE In the control indication signaling, the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
可选地,所述第二UE从所述第一UE发送的控制指示信令中接收1或2或3或4bit指示所述重传间隔t的信息。Optionally, the second UE receives information indicating the retransmission interval t by using 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bits from the control indication signaling sent by the first UE.
可选地,所述重传间隔t为唯一固定值,由系统规范确定;或者,所述重传间隔t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示,其中,所述网络侧包括以下至少之一的实体:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side by a high layer signaling configuration, where the network side includes at least one of the following Entity: evolved base station eNB, cell cooperative entity MCE, gateway GW, mobility management device MME, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
可选地,所述重传间隔t根据预定义规则及所述TB的传输次数N确定。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,根据所述TB的传输次数N确定所述重传间隔t的所述预定义规则至少包括以下之一:N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=2;或 者,N=2时,t=3,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,N=2时,t=5,N=4时,t=3,N=8时,t=2;或者,N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=1,或者N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,或者N=2时,t=2,N=4时,t=1,或者N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4。Optionally, determining the predefined rule of the retransmission interval t according to the number N of transmissions of the TB includes at least one of the following: when N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, N When =8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=8, N= 4 o'clock, t=4, when N=8, t=2; or When N=2, t=3, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or, when N=2, t=5, when N=4, t=3,N =8, t=2; or, when N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=1, or N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, or N= 2, t=2, when N=4, t=1, or N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4.
可选地,所述重传间隔t根据TB间隔K或所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,所述重传间隔t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者所述重传间隔t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值。Optionally, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where the retransmission interval t is equal to K division An integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
可选地,所述第二UE根据所述控制指示信令中指示的资源配置索引号Resource Index i以及预定义的资源配置表,确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t。Optionally, the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval according to the resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated in the control indication signaling and a predefined resource configuration table. t.
可选地,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
可选地,所述资源配置表中的所述资源配置索引号i为所述TB间隔K,所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0的联合编码指示值,即,所述资源配置索引号i唯一对应于一个所述TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0Optionally, the resource configuration index number i in the resource configuration table is the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 Joint coding indication value, that is, the resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
可选地,所述TB间隔和所述TB的传输次数的组合[K,N]的不同取值,对应于不同数量的所述资源配置索引号i。Optionally, different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
可选地,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N以及初始传输子帧索引号k;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值。Optionally, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; the retransmission interval t is according to the The TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
可选地,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔以内包含的D2D子帧的数量KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据所述重传间隔t和所述初始传输子帧基准值k0确定,其中,k等于k0对t进行取模运算获得的数值。Optionally, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ; the retransmission interval t is according to The TB interval is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; the initial transmission subframe index number k It is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
根据本发明的又一个实施例提供了一种数据发送装置,包括:确定模块,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;发送模块,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。 According to still another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a data transmitting apparatus, comprising: a determining module configured to determine data by initially transmitting a subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t The subframe in which the channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; and the sending module is configured to send the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
可选地,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,其中,N为大于0的整数;所述发送模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB;或者在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval Determining N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; the sending module is configured to send the TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located; or where the data channel resource is located The TB is transmitted N times in the N subframes, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,还包括:指示模块,设置为在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the method further includes: an indication module, configured to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
可选地所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1],K为所述TB间隔。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within a TB interval, where the starter of the TB interval The frame is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1], and K is the TB interval.
可选地,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。Optionally, the determining module is further configured to, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, determine, by using the retransmission interval t, that the N-1 retransmission subframes of the TB are repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval. m, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
可选地,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1],其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,再根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is sent for the first time within the TB interval, where the TB interval is within Include K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, sequentially connect the K D2D D2D subframes to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as sub-frames [#0,...,#K D2D -1] The initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and the logic is determined according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval. First the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB included in system configuration is indicated by higher layer signaling or predefined.
可选地,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DOptionally, the determining module is further configured to, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , determine, by using the retransmission interval t, that the N-1 retransmission subframes of the TB are repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval. #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0, . . . , #K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval Determining a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], further determining the logic according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval Retransmit the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to subframe #m.
根据本发明的又一个实施例,提供了一种数据接收装置,包括:确定模块,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确 定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;接收模块,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。According to still another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a data receiving apparatus comprising: a determining module configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or by the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t Indeed The subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; and the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
可选地,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数;所述接收模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,在所述数据信道资源所在的N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located or determine the data channel by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t N subframes in which the resource is located, N is an integer greater than 0; the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB in one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or N in the data channel resource The N times of transmission of the TB are received on the frame, and N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
可选地,所述确定模块设置为在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可设置为接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。Optionally, the determining module is configured to be within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received according to the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t Determining a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be set to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than or equal to N, and K is a positive integer.
可选地,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, an initial transmission subframe #k that receives the TB for the first time within a TB interval, where the start of the TB interval The subframe is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1].
可选地,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。Optionally, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, the N-1 retransmission subframes that receive the TB retransmission within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t #m, where m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1].
可选地,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。Optionally, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is received within the TB interval for the first time, where the TB interval is within Include K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, sequentially connect the K D2D D2D subframes to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as sub-frames [#0,...,#K D2D -1] The initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, the logic is determined according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval. First the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB included in system configuration is indicated by higher layer signaling or predefined.
可选地,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所 述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DOptionally, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , the N-1 retransmissions that receive the TB retransmission within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t Frame #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0, . . . , #K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission The interval t determines a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], and further, according to the distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval, determining the The logical retransmission subframe #m corresponds to the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D .
可选地,还包括:获取模块,设置为从接收到的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Optionally, the method further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the received control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device to The device D2D schedules configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
根据本发明的又一个实施例,提供了一种数据传输系统,包括:第一用户设备UE和第二UE,其中,所述第一UE包括上述的数据发送装置,所述第二UE包括上述的装置。According to still another embodiment of the present invention, a data transmission system is provided, including: a first user equipment UE and a second UE, where the first UE includes the foregoing data transmitting apparatus, and the second UE includes the foregoing s installation.
通过本发明,通过初始传输子帧索引号、或者初始传输子帧索引号和重传间隔指示数据块一次或多次传输使用的数据信道子帧资源,使发射端UE能够有效指示所使用的子帧资源,以及使接收端UE能够有效获得待接收数据块的子帧资源配置,达到灵活、高效的配置数据信道资源,降低指示信令开销的作用。By using the initial transmission subframe index number, or the initial transmission subframe index number and the retransmission interval, the data channel subframe resource used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated, so that the transmitting UE can effectively indicate the used sub-frame. The frame resource and the subframe resource configuration that enables the receiving UE to effectively obtain the data block to be received achieve flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reduce the signaling overhead.
附图说明DRAWINGS
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明,并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are intended to provide a further understanding of the invention, and are intended to be a part of the invention. In the drawing:
图1是根据相关技术的D2D通信结构的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a D2D communication structure according to the related art;
图2是LTE系统无线帧结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio frame of an LTE system;
图3是根据本发明实施例的数据发送方法的流程图;3 is a flowchart of a data transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明实施例在一个SA周期内指示传输4个TB的子帧资源配置示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration indicating that 4 TBs are transmitted in one SA period according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是根据本发明实施例的k和t指示信息在TB间隔以内确定TB传输的子帧资源配置示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration in which k and t indication information determine a TB transmission within a TB interval according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6是根据本发明实施例中在D2D子帧资源池配置的基础上通过k和t指示信息在TB间隔以内确定TB传输的子帧资源配置示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration for determining a TB transmission within a TB interval by using k and t indication information on the basis of a D2D subframe resource pool configuration according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7是根据本发明实例十七的子帧资源配置示意图; 7 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 17 of the present invention;
图8是根据本发明实例十八的子帧资源配置示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 18 of the present invention;
图9是根据本发明实例十九的子帧资源配置示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 19 of the present invention;
图10是根据本发明实例二十的子帧资源配置示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example 20 of the present invention;
图11是根据本发明实例二十一的子帧资源配置示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to an twenty-first embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据本发明实例二十二的子帧资源配置示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to an example 22 of the present invention;
图13是根据本发明实例二十三的子帧资源配置示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of a subframe resource configuration according to Example XXIII of the present invention;
图14是根据本发明实施例的数据接收方法的流程图;FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a data receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图15是根据本发明实施例的数据发送装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图16是根据本发明实施例的数据接收装置的结构示意图。Figure 16 is a block diagram showing the structure of a data receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict.
根据本发明实施例,提供了一种数据发送方法。According to an embodiment of the present invention, a data transmitting method is provided.
图3为根据本发明实施例的数据发送方法的流程图,如图3所示,该方法主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method mainly includes the following steps:
步骤S302,第一用户设备UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数。Step S302: The first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, that the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer.
步骤S304,所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。Step S304, the first UE sends a data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
在D2D通信系统中,UE之间直接进行数据的传输,发射端UE(第一UE)通过D2D控制指示信息,或者系统预定义的参数及规则,向一个或多个接收端UE(第二UE)指示出相应的D2D数据信道资源配置,使接收端UE能够根据控制指示信息,或者预定义的参数及规则确定D2D数据信道资源配置,并在相应的D2D数据信道资源上接收所需的数据。D2D控制指示信息也可以称为调度配置(Scheduling Assignment,简称为SA)信息,下面的实例说明中以SA作为D2D控制指示信息为例进行说明。 In the D2D communication system, the data is directly transmitted between the UEs, and the transmitting UE (the first UE) transmits the D2D control indication information or the system predefined parameters and rules to one or more receiving UEs (the second UE). The corresponding D2D data channel resource configuration is indicated, so that the receiving end UE can determine the D2D data channel resource configuration according to the control indication information or the predefined parameters and rules, and receive the required data on the corresponding D2D data channel resource. The D2D control indication information may also be referred to as Scheduling Assignment (SA) information. The following example uses the SA as the D2D control indication information as an example for description.
D2D通信中包括多类资源,如D2D数据信道(Data channel)资源、D2D发现信道(Discovery channel)资源、D2D SA资源、D2D同步信道资源等。其中,发射端UE在D2D SA资源(resource)上发送SA信息,在SA中可以包含关于发射端UE所使用的数据信道资源的指示信息,以及发射端UE D2D无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Tempory Identity,RNTI)等信息。The D2D communication includes multiple types of resources, such as a D2D data channel resource, a D2D discovery channel resource, a D2D SA resource, and a D2D synchronization channel resource. The transmitting end UE sends the SA information on the D2D SA resource, and the SA may include the indication information about the data channel resource used by the transmitting end UE, and the transmitting end UE D2D wireless network temporary identifier (Radio Network Tempory Identity) , RNTI) and other information.
SA资源和数据信道资源在时域上以子帧(subframe)为单位划分,在SA subframe上承载D2D SA信息,在Data subframe上承载D2D数据信息,因此D2D数据信道资源以一次有效的SA发射为最小调度配置周期,也称为SA周期。在一个SA周期以内,发射端UE可以传输一个或多个TB,对每个TB都存在一个确定的TB间隔,即在SA周期内可用于传输此TB的子帧范围,对应于时域上的K个子帧,K为正整数。发射端UE在这K个子帧以内指示用于传输此TB的一个或多个子帧,如图4所示,SA周期为40ms,发射端UE在SA周期内传输4个TB,每个TB的TB间隔为10ms,K=10,在TB间隔以内发射端UE为每个TB配置了2次传输,分别在subframe#0上进行初始传输,在subframe#4上进行一次重传。The SA resource and the data channel resource are divided into sub-frames in the time domain, and the D2D SA information is carried on the SA subframe, and the D2D data information is carried on the Data subframe. Therefore, the D2D data channel resource is transmitted in a valid SA. The minimum scheduling configuration period, also known as the SA period. Within one SA period, the transmitting UE can transmit one or more TBs, and each TB has a certain TB interval, that is, a subframe range that can be used to transmit the TB in the SA period, corresponding to the time domain. K subframes, K is a positive integer. The transmitting UE indicates one or more subframes for transmitting the TB within the K subframes. As shown in FIG. 4, the SA period is 40 ms, and the transmitting UE transmits 4 TBs in the SA period, and each TB TB. The interval is 10ms, K=10. Within the TB interval, the UE configures 2 transmissions for each TB, and performs initial transmission on subframe#0 and retransmission on subframe#4.
发射端UE对每一个TB可以配置为传输一次或传输N次,每次传输需要指示相应的数据信道所在的data subframe位置,因此当TB仅传输一次时,应在TB间隔以内指示一个子帧,即初始传输子帧,发射端UE在指示的子帧上发送待传输的TB;当此TB配置为传输N次时,应在TB间隔以内指示N个子帧,包括初始传输子帧以及N-1个重传子帧,发射端UE在指示的子帧上对待发送的TB进行N次传输。The transmitting end UE may be configured to transmit once or transmit N times for each TB, and each transmission needs to indicate the data subframe position where the corresponding data channel is located. Therefore, when the TB is transmitted only once, one subframe should be indicated within the TB interval. That is, the initial transmission subframe, the transmitting UE sends the TB to be transmitted on the indicated subframe; when the TB is configured to transmit N times, the N subframes should be indicated within the TB interval, including the initial transmission subframe and the N-1 The retransmission subframe, the transmitting UE performs N transmissions on the TB to be transmitted on the indicated subframe.
发射端UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k指示数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;或者,通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t指示数据信道资源所在的一个或N个子帧,N为大于1的整数,k,t为非负整数,发射端UE通过k和t指示待传输的一个TB在相应的TB间隔以内的子帧配置。The transmitting end UE indicates one subframe in which the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k; or, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, one or N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is An integer greater than 1, k, t is a non-negative integer, and the transmitting end UE indicates, by k and t, a subframe configuration in which one TB to be transmitted is within a corresponding TB interval.
当系统中未约束D2D通信的可用子帧时,或者说任意系统子帧都可能用作D2D子帧时,通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t直接指示实际物理子帧,即:When the available subframes of the D2D communication are not constrained in the system, or any system subframes may be used as the D2D subframes, the actual physical subframes are directly indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, namely:
初始传输子帧索引号k用于指示初传子帧#k,以TB间隔以内的起始子帧记为子帧#0,初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。The initial transmission subframe index number k is used to indicate the initial transmission subframe #k, and the initial subframe within the TB interval is recorded as the subframe #0, and the initial transmission subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the initial subframe. Frame, k∈[0, K-1].
当为TB配置了N次传输时,在初传子帧#k的基础上,进一步通过t指示N-1个重传子帧#m的位置,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。通过k和t在TB间隔以内指示此TB传输的子帧资源配置,如图5所示,TB的传输次数N=4,通过k指示子帧#k为 初传子帧,进一步以初传子帧#k为起点,每t个子帧间隔对应的子帧为一个重传子帧,直到达到配置的传输次数。When N transmissions are configured for the TB, based on the initial transmission subframe #k, the position of the N-1 retransmission subframes #m is further indicated by t, where m=k+t*n, n∈ [1, N-1]. The sub-frame resource configuration of the TB transmission is indicated within the TB interval by k and t. As shown in FIG. 5, the number of transmissions of the TB is N=4, and the sub-frame #k is indicated by k. The initial transmission subframe further starts with the initial transmission subframe #k as a starting point, and the subframe corresponding to each t subframe interval is one retransmission subframe until the configured transmission times are reached.
当系统中存在D2D子帧资源池配置时,初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t以所配置的所有D2D子帧依次相连形成的逻辑子帧序列为基础进行指示。D2D子帧资源池由系统预定义或者预配置,或者由高层信令配置指示,在TB间隔内包含一个或多个子帧作为D2D通信的可用子帧,而D2D数据信号只能在配置的D2D子帧上获得资源配置并传输。When the D2D subframe resource pool configuration exists in the system, the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are indicated based on the logical subframe sequence formed by sequentially connecting all the configured D2D subframes. The D2D subframe resource pool is predefined or pre-configured by the system, or is indicated by a high-level signaling configuration. One or more subframes are included in the TB interval as available subframes for D2D communication, and the D2D data signal can only be in the configured D2D sub-frame. The resource is configured and transmitted on the frame.
在TB间隔范围内可配置KD2D个D2D子帧,且KD2D≤K,所配置的D2D子帧可以是连续的或者离散的,将所有KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连可以形成逻辑上连续的D2D子帧序列,可记为子帧#0,…,#KD2D-1。K D2D D2D subframes can be configured in the TB interval range, and K D2D ≤ K, the configured D2D subframes can be continuous or discrete, and all K D2D D2D subframes can be sequentially connected to form a logically continuous The D2D subframe sequence can be recorded as subframe #0,...,#K D2D -1.
初始传输子帧索引号k用于在上述D2D逻辑子帧序列中指示逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,进一步的,根据D2D子帧在TB间隔内的分布,可以确定逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2DThe initial transmission subframe index number k is used to indicate the logical initial transmission subframe #k in the foregoing D2D logical subframe sequence. Further, further, according to the distribution of the D2D subframe in the TB interval, the logical initial transmission subframe may be determined. #k corresponds to the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D .
当为TB配置了N次传输时,同样以D2D逻辑子帧序列为基础,基于在逻辑初传子帧#k通过t指示N-1个逻辑重传子帧#m的位置,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,可以确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2D,如图6所示,TB的传输次数N=4,在D2D逻辑子帧序列中,通过k指示逻辑子帧#k为逻辑初传子帧,并以逻辑初传子帧#k为起点,每t个子帧间隔对应的逻辑子帧为一个重传子帧,直到达到配置的传输次数,进一步的,按照D2D逻辑子帧序列与物理子帧之间的对应关系,确定逻辑初传子帧#k对应的初传子帧#kD2D,以及逻辑重传子帧#m对应的重传子帧#mD2DWhen N transmissions are configured for the TB, the location of the N-1 logical retransmission subframes #m is indicated by t in the logical initial transmission subframe #k based on the D2D logical subframe sequence, where m= k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1]. Further, according to the distribution of the D2D subframe in the TB interval, the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m may be determined, as shown in FIG. N=4, in the D2D logical subframe sequence, the logical sub-frame #k is indicated by k as the logical initial transmission subframe, and the logical initial transmission subframe #k is used as the starting point, and the logical subframe corresponding to each t subframe interval is Retransmitting the subframe until the configured number of transmissions is reached. Further, according to the correspondence between the D2D logical subframe sequence and the physical subframe, determining the initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k, And the retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
另外,当固定采用k和t指示每个TB传输的data subframe资源配置时,如果发射端UE对TB仅传输一次,即仅需要指示初传子帧时,发射端UE通过k指示所使用的一个data subframe,此时t可以设置为固定值、或者t值指示无意义,或者不指示t值,或者t值为空。In addition, when the data subframe resource configuration of each TB transmission is fixed by using k and t, if the transmitting end UE transmits only once to the TB, that is, only when the initial transmission subframe needs to be indicated, the transmitting end UE indicates one used by k. Data subframe, at which t can be set to a fixed value, or t value indicates no meaning, or does not indicate t value, or t value is null.
下面分别对初始传输子帧索引号k及重传间隔t的指示方法进行说明。The method of indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t will be described below.
(一)初始传输子帧索引号k的指示方法(1) Method for indicating initial transmission subframe index number k
初始传输子帧索引号k也可以称为初始传输子帧偏移量(subframe offset),k可以由发射端UE通过明确的信令指示开销进行指示,或者通过相关信息按照预定义的规 则计算获得,例如,发射端UE使用的SA资源信息、发射端UE的ID信息、TB间隔包含的子帧数量K、TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D及TB的传输次数N等,具体可以通过以下方法指示。The initial transmission subframe index number k may also be referred to as an initial transmission subframe offset, and may be indicated by the UE at the transmitting end by an explicit signaling indication overhead, or may be calculated according to a predefined rule by using related information. For example, the SA resource information used by the UE at the transmitting end, the ID information of the UE at the transmitting end, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes included in the TB interval, K D2D, and the number N of transmissions of the TB, etc. It can be indicated by the following method.
方法一method one
k由发射端UE在SA中指示,在SA中对数据信道资源的时域指示信息为T-RPT信令,T-RPT中以一定的bit开销明确指示k值,k的最大取值范围为[0,K-1]。或者,k指示D2D逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑子帧序号,则k的最大取值范围为[0,KD2D-1]。k is indicated by the transmitting end UE in the SA. The time domain indication information of the data channel resource in the SA is T-RPT signaling, and the T-RPT explicitly indicates the k value with a certain bit overhead, and the maximum value range of k is [0, K-1]. Or, k indicates the logical subframe number in the D2D logical subframe sequence, and the maximum value range of k is [0, K D2D -1].
实例一Example one
系统预定义了D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令在所配置的D2D子帧资源池中指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且k在[0,KD2D-1]取任意值,指示k的开销为
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000001
以TB间隔KD2D=10为例,则所需的
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000002
进一步的,可以定义4bit指示开销对应的k值,如表1所示。
The system pre-defines the D2D subframe resource pool, and the transmitting UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k in the configured D2D subframe resource pool by T-RPT signaling in the SA, and k is at [0, K D2D -1 Take any value, indicating the overhead of k is
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000001
Take the TB interval K D2D = 10 as an example, then the required
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000002
Further, a k value corresponding to the 4 bit indication overhead may be defined, as shown in Table 1.
通过显示的指示开销,可以非常灵活有效的控制TB的初始传输子帧在TB间隔内的位置,且在所配置的D2D子帧资源池内达到任意的初传子帧配置效果,此方法需要较多的指示开销用于指示初始传输子帧索引号k,具有良好的配置指示灵活性。The indicated overhead of the display can be very flexible and effective to control the position of the initial transmission subframe of the TB within the TB interval, and achieve any initial subframe configuration in the configured D2D subframe resource pool. This method requires more The indication overhead is used to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, which has good configuration indication flexibility.
表1Table 1
指示bitIndication bit kk
00000000 00
00010001 11
00100010 22
00110011 33
01000100 44
01010101 55
01100110 66
01110111 77
10001000 88
10011001 99
1010-11111010-1111 保留Reserved
实例二Example two
发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且k在[0,K-1]范围内取部分值,系统预定义使用3bit指示k,并规定指示bit与对应k值的关系,以K=20为例,如表2所示。 The transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through T-RPT signaling in the SA, and k takes a partial value in the range of [0, K-1], the system pre-defined to use the 3-bit indication k, and specifies the indication bit and corresponding For the relationship of k values, K=20 is taken as an example, as shown in Table 2.
通过显示的指示开销,可以灵活有效的控制TB的初始传输子帧在TB间隔内的位置,k在TB间隔的所有子帧内按规定取部分数值,一方面可以达到较灵活的初传子帧配置效果,另一方面也可以降低控制开销bit数量,此方法相对于实例一的方法可以减少指示k所需的信令开销,同时保障一定的灵活性要求。The indicated overhead of the display can flexibly and effectively control the position of the initial transmission subframe of the TB within the TB interval, and k takes a partial value in all the subframes of the TB interval, and can achieve a flexible initial transmission subframe. The configuration effect, on the other hand, can also reduce the number of control overhead bits. Compared with the method of the first example, the method can reduce the signaling overhead required to indicate k, and at the same time guarantee certain flexibility requirements.
表2Table 2
指示bitIndication bit kk
000000 00
001001 22
010010 44
011011 66
100100 88
101101 1212
110110 1616
111111 1818
实例三Example three
发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且k的取值范围由TB间隔K和TB的传输次数N确定,所指示的k的取值范围为
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000003
此时,发射端UE使用不超过
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000004
或者log2(K-1)bit指示k值,且指示的bit即对应k值的二进制数值。以K=20为例,当TB的传输次数配置为N=4时,则k∈[0,4],则发射端UE使用3bit指示初始传输子帧索引号k,如表3示。
The transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmission times N of the TB, and the value range of the indicated k is
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000003
At this time, the UE at the transmitting end does not use more than
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000004
Or log 2 (K-1) bit indicates a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value. Taking K=20 as an example, when the number of transmissions of the TB is configured as N=4, then k∈[0, 4], the transmitting end UE uses 3 bits to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, as shown in Table 3.
表3table 3
指示bitIndication bit kk
000000 00
001001 11
010010 22
011011 33
100100 44
101-111101-111 保留Reserved
实例四Example four
eNB通过系统广播信令配置了D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令在所配置的D2D子帧资源池中指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且k的取值范围由TB间隔内所配置的D2D子帧数量KD2D和TB的传输次数N确定,所指示的k的取值范围 为
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000005
此时,发射端UE使用不超过
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000006
或者log2(KD2D-1)bit指示k值,且指示的bit即对应k值的二进制数值。以KD2D=20为例,当TB的传输次数配置为N=4时,则k∈[0,4],则发射端UE使用3bit指示初始传输子帧索引号k,如表4所示。
The eNB configures the D2D subframe resource pool by using system broadcast signaling, and the UE at the transmitting end indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k in the configured D2D subframe resource pool by T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k Determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D configured in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, the range of the indicated k is
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000005
At this time, the UE at the transmitting end does not use more than
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000006
Or log 2 (K D2D -1) bit indicates a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value. Taking K D2D = 20 as an example, when the number of transmissions of the TB is configured as N=4, then k ∈ [0, 4], the transmitting end UE uses 3 bits to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, as shown in Table 4.
表4Table 4
指示bitIndication bit kk
000000 00
001001 11
010010 22
011011 33
100100 44
101-111101-111 保留Reserved
实例五Example five
发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且k的取值范围由TB间隔K和TB的传输次数N确定,所指示的k的取值范围为
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000007
此时,发射端UE使用不超过4bit指示k值,且指示的bit即对应k值的二进制数值。以K=80为例,当TB的传输次数配置为N=4时,则k∈[0,15],则发射端UE使用4bit指示初始传输子帧索引号k,指示bit值即对应于k的二进制表示。
The transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the value range of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmission times N of the TB, and the value range of the indicated k is
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000007
At this time, the transmitting end UE uses a value of not more than 4 bits to indicate a k value, and the indicated bit is a binary value corresponding to the k value. Taking K=80 as an example, when the number of transmissions of the TB is configured as N=4, then k∈[0,15], the transmitting end UE uses 4 bits to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, and the indication bit value corresponds to k. Binary representation.
方法二Method Two
k由发射端UE使用的SA资源信息和TB间隔K或述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定:k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval:
k=(SA index)modK,或者k=(SA index)modK, or
k=(SA index)modKD2D k=(SA index)modK D2D
其中,SA index表示发射端UE使用的SA resource的资源索引号。The SA index indicates the resource index number of the SA resource used by the UE at the transmitting end.
实例六Example six
发射端UE通过所使用的SA resource index隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义SA index、TB间隔K与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。这里SA index是指发射端UE 使用的SA resource的信道索引号channel index,或者SA resource对应的RB index,或者其他能唯一表示SA resource的编号或标记。The transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the used SA resource index, and the system defines the relationship between the SA index and the TB interval K and the k value, so that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, The initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted is indicated to the receiving UE. Here SA index refers to the UE at the transmitting end. The channel index of the used SA resource, channel index, or the RB index corresponding to the SA resource, or other number or label that uniquely indicates the SA resource.
例如,发射端UE发射SA信息所使用的SA resource对应SA index=35,TB间隔K=10,则k=(SA index)mod K=5。For example, the SA resource used by the transmitting end UE to transmit the SA information corresponds to SA index=35, and the TB interval K=10, then k=(SA index) mod K=5.
此方法的优点在于隐含指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且能够达到较均匀的初传子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置具有一定的灵活性,且不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The method has the advantages of implicitly indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k, and can achieve a relatively uniform initial transmission subframe indication effect, and ensures that the initial transmission subframe configuration has certain flexibility, and does not need to display indication signaling. Effectively compresses the overhead indicated for data channel resources.
方法三Method three
k由发射端UE的D2D RNTI和TB间隔K或述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定:k is determined by the D2D RNTI and TB interval K of the transmitting UE or the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval:
k=(UE D2D RNTI)modK,或者k=(UE D2D RNTI) modK, or
k=(UE D2D RNTI)modKD2Dk = (UE D2D RNTI) modK D2D .
实例七Example seven
发射端UE以自己的UE ID,即D2D RNTI隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义RNTI、D2D子帧数量KD2D与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。这里发射端UE可以在SA信息中指示自身D2D RNTI,也可以通过D2D同步信号,或者发现信号等标记出自己的ID信息。The transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k with its own UE ID, that is, the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI and the D2D subframe number K D2D and the k value, so that the transmitting UE does not need any indication letter. Therefore, the initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted may be indicated to the receiving UE. Here, the transmitting end UE may indicate its own D2D RNTI in the SA information, or may mark its own ID information through a D2D synchronization signal, or a discovery signal or the like.
例如,KD2D=40,发射端UE发射SA信息指示自身的RNTI为“1010 0001 1100 1100”,一般来说RNTI由16bit二进制数表示,根据RNTI和KD2D计算获得k时,将RNTI对应转换为十进制数,进一步按照系统定义的关系进行计算,则:For example, if K D2D = 40, the transmitting end UE transmits the SA information to indicate that its RNTI is "1010 0001 1100 1100". Generally, the RNTI is represented by a 16-bit binary number. When k is calculated according to RNTI and K D2D , the RNTI corresponding is converted into Decimal numbers, further calculated according to the system-defined relationship, then:
k=(RNTI)mod KD2D=41420 mod 40=20。k=(RNTI) mod K D2D =41420 mod 40=20.
此方法的优点在于隐含指示初始传输子帧索引号k,且能够达到较均匀的初传子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置具有一定的灵活性,且不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The method has the advantages of implicitly indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k, and can achieve a relatively uniform initial transmission subframe indication effect, and ensures that the initial transmission subframe configuration has certain flexibility, and does not need to display indication signaling. Effectively compresses the overhead indicated for data channel resources.
方法四 Method four
k由发射端UE使用的SA资源信息和TB间隔K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及TB的传输次数N确定:k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB:
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000008
即,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000008
which is,
k等于SA index对K除以N向下取整后进行模运算,或者k is equal to the SA index modulo operation after K is divided by N and rounded down, or
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000009
即,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000009
which is,
k等于SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后进行模运算。k is equal to SA index, and K D2D is divided by N and rounded down to perform a modulo operation.
实例八Example eight
eNB通过高层信令预配置了D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE通过所使用的SA resource index隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义SA index、D2D子帧数量KD2D、TB传输次数N与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。The eNB pre-configures the D2D subframe resource pool by using the high-layer signaling, and the UE at the transmitting end implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the SA resource index, and the system defines the SA index, the number of D2D subframes, the K D2D , and the TB transmission times. The relationship between the value of the N and the value of the k is such that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, the first-order subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted can be indicated to the receiving end UE.
例如,发射端UE所使用的SA resource对应SA index=17,D2D子帧数量KD2D=20,TB传输次数N=4,则
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000010
For example, the SA resource used by the UE at the transmitting end corresponds to SA index=17, the number of D2D subframes is K D2D =20, and the number of TB transmissions is N=4.
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000010
此方法的优点在于一方面将初传子帧配置在最大可用D2D子帧范围KD2D以内,另外还考虑到TB传输次数对子帧配置的影响,使初传子帧的配置适应传输次数的配置,为重传子帧的配置预留空间,从而在整体上达到较均匀合理的TB传输子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置的灵活合理,且同样是隐式指示k,不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available D2D subframe range K D2D on the one hand, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the transmission number configuration in consideration of the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration. A space is reserved for the configuration of the retransmission subframe, so that a relatively uniform and reasonable TB transmission subframe indication effect is achieved as a whole, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and no indication is needed. Signaling can effectively compress the overhead indicated by the data channel resources.
方法五Method five
k由发射端UE的D2D RNTI、K或D2D子帧数量KD2D,和TB的传输次数N确定:k is determined by the D2D RNTI, K or D2D subframe number K D2D of the transmitting UE, and the number of transmissions N of the TB:
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000011
即,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000011
which is,
k等于发射端UE D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后进行模运算;或者 k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation after K is divided by N and rounded down; or
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000012
即,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000012
which is,
k等于发射端UE D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后进行模运算。k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation on K D2D divided by N and rounded down.
实例九Example nine
发射端UE以D2D RNTI隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义RNTI、TB间隔K、TB传输次数N与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。The transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k in the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI, the TB interval K, and the TB transmission times N and k values, so that the transmitting end UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, The initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted is indicated to the receiving UE.
例如,发射端UE RNTI为“0111 0110 1100 1001”,TB间隔K=40,TB传输次数N=4,则 For example, the UE RNTI of the transmitting end is “0111 0110 1100 1001”, the TB interval is K=40, and the number of TB transmissions is N=4.
此方法的优点在于一方面将初传子帧配置在最大可用子帧范围K以,另外还考虑到TB传输次数对子帧配置的影响,使初传子帧的配置适应传输次数的配置,为重传子帧的配置预留空间,从而在整体上达到较均匀合理的TB传输子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置的灵活合理,且同样是隐式指示k,不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The advantage of this method is that on the one hand, the initial transmission subframe is configured in the maximum available subframe range K, and the effect of the TB transmission number on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times, Reconfiguring the reserved space of the subframe, so as to achieve a more uniform and reasonable TB transmission subframe indication effect as a whole, and ensuring flexible and reasonable configuration of the initial transmission subframe, and also implicitly indicating k, without indicating indication signaling The overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed.
方法六Method six
k由发射端UE使用的SA资源信息和TB间隔K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及TB的传输次数N,重传间隔t确定:k is determined by the SA resource information used by the transmitting end UE and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t is determined:
k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t),即,k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t), ie,
k等于SA index对K与(N-1)*t的差进行模运算,或者k is equal to SA index modulo the difference between K and (N-1)*t, or
k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t),即,k=(SA index)mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t), ie,
k等于SA index对KD2D与(N-1)*t的差进行模运算。k is equal to SA index to perform a modulo operation on the difference between K D2D and (N-1)*t.
实例十Example ten
发射端UE通过所使用的SA resource index隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义SA index、TB间隔K、TB传输次数N、重传间隔t与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。 The transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by using the SA resource index, and the system defines the relationship between the SA index, the TB interval K, the TB transmission number N, and the retransmission interval t and k values, so that the transmitting end The UE does not need any indication signaling, that is, the UE may be instructed to indicate to the receiving UE the initial subframe position information of the TB to be transmitted.
例如,发射端UE所使用的SA resource对应SA index=17,K=40,TB传输次数N=4,t=5,则k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t)=17mod25=17。For example, the SA resource used by the UE at the transmitting end corresponds to SA index=17, K=40, the number of TB transmissions is N=4, t=5, then k=(SA index) mod(K-(N-1)*t) =17mod25=17.
此方法的优点在于一方面将初传子帧配置在最大可用子帧范围以内,另外还考虑到TB传输次数对子帧配置的影响,使初传子帧的配置适应传输次数的配置,为重传子帧的配置预留空间,从而在整体上达到较均匀合理的TB传输子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置的灵活合理,且同样是隐式指示k,不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available subframe range on the one hand, and the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times. The configuration of the sub-frames is reserved, so that the TB transmission subframe indication effect is more uniform and reasonable, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and the indication signaling is not required to be displayed. The overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed.
方法七Method seven
k由发射端UE的D2D RNTI、K或D2D子帧数量KD2D,和TB的传输次数N,重传间隔t确定:k is determined by the D2D RNTI of the transmitting UE, the number of K or D2D subframes K D2D , and the number N of transmissions of the TB, the retransmission interval t:
k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),即,k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K-(N-1)*t), ie,
k等于发射端UE D2D RNTI对K与(N-1)*t的差进行模运算;或者k is equal to the transmitter UE D2D RNTI modulo the difference between K and (N-1)*t; or
k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t),即,k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t), ie,
k等于发射端UE D2D RNTI对KD2D与(N-1)*t的差进行模运算。k is equal to the transmitting end UE D2D RNTI performs a modulo operation on the difference between K D2D and (N-1)*t.
实例十一Example eleven
系统预定义D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE以D2D RNTI隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,系统定义RNTI、KD2D、N、t与k值之间的关系,使发射端UE不需任何指示信令,即可以向接收端UE指示待传输TB的初传子帧位置信息。The system pre-defines the D2D subframe resource pool, and the transmitting UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by the D2D RNTI, and the system defines the relationship between the RNTI, K D2D , N, t and k values, so that the transmitting UE does not need to Any indication signaling, that is, the initial UE position information of the TB to be transmitted may be indicated to the receiving UE.
例如,发射端UE RNTI为“0110 0101 1111 1001”,D2D子帧数量KD2D=30,TB传输次数N=4,t=4,则k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)=26105mod18=5。For example, the transmitting end UE RNTI is "0110 0101 1111 1001", the D2D subframe number K D2D = 30, the TB transmission number N=4, t=4, then k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K D2D -(N- 1) *t) = 26105 mod 18 = 5.
此方法的优点在于一方面将初传子帧配置在最大可用子帧范围以内,另外还考虑到TB传输次数对子帧配置的影响,使初传子帧的配置适应传输次数的配置,为重传子帧的配置预留空间,从而在整体上达到较均匀合理的TB传输子帧指示效果,保障初传子帧配置的灵活合理,且同样是隐式指示k,不需要显示指示信令,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销。The advantage of this method is that the initial transmission subframe is configured within the maximum available subframe range on the one hand, and the influence of the TB transmission times on the subframe configuration is also considered, so that the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is adapted to the configuration of the transmission times. The configuration of the sub-frames is reserved, so that the TB transmission subframe indication effect is more uniform and reasonable, and the configuration of the initial transmission subframe is flexible and reasonable, and the implicit indication k is also required, and the indication signaling is not required to be displayed. The overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed.
方法八 Method eight
由上述方法二到方法七所述的各种隐式获得初始传输子帧索引号k的方法中,可进一步叠加使用偏移指示量△k,作为最终使用的初始传输子帧索引号k,即In the method for obtaining the initial transmission subframe index number k implicitly by the various methods described in the foregoing method 2 to method 7, the offset indication amount Δk may be further superimposed as the initial transmission subframe index number k, that is, the final transmission subframe index number k, that is,
k=k+△kk=k+△k
其中,偏移指示量△k由发射端UE在控制指示信令中指示,控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。The offset indication quantity Δk is indicated by the transmitting end UE in the control indication signaling, and the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
实例十二Example twelve
发射端UE通过所使用的SA resource index隐式指示初始传输子帧索引号k,在T-RPT信令中分别以2bits指示TB间隔K、TB传输次数N、重传间隔t,以及偏移指示量□k。k由SA PRB index按照预定义的关系隐式指示。The transmitting end UE implicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k through the used SA resource index, and indicates the TB interval K, the TB transmission number N, the retransmission interval t, and the offset indication by 2 bits in the T-RPT signaling, respectively. Quantity □k. k is implicitly indicated by the SA PRB index according to a predefined relationship.
发射端UE根据所使用的SA resource所在的RPB index确定k=9,而T-RPT中以2bits指示的△k=2,则根据隐式索引关系确定的k值进一步叠加△k,即k=k+△k=11,发射端UE最终以初始传输子帧索引号k=11对待传输TB进行第一次发射。The transmitting end UE determines k=9 according to the RPB index of the SA resource used, and Δk=2 indicated by 2 bits in the T-RPT, and the k value determined according to the implicit index relationship is further superposed with Δk, that is, k= k + Δk = 11, the transmitting UE finally transmits the TB for the first time with the initial transmission subframe index number k=11.
(二)重传间隔t的指示方法(2) Indication method of retransmission interval t
重传间隔t可以由发射端UE通过明确的信令开销进行指示,或者通过相关信息按照料预定义的规则确定,或者为系统固定值等方式确定,具体可以通过以下方法指示。The retransmission interval t may be indicated by the UE at the transmitting end through an explicit signaling overhead, or may be determined according to a pre-defined rule of the information, or determined by a fixed value of the system, and may be indicated by the following method.
方法一method one
t由发射端UE在SA中指示,在SA中对数据信道资源的时域指示信息为T-RPT信令,T-RPT中以一定的bit开销明确指示t值。t indicates by the transmitting end UE in the SA that the time domain indication information of the data channel resource in the SA is T-RPT signaling, and the T value is explicitly indicated by the T-RPT with a certain bit overhead.
实例十三Example thirteen
发射端UE通过SA中T-RPT信令指示所述重传间隔t,系统预定义指示bit与t值的对应关系,对不同数量的指示bit开销,可相应定义不同的对应关系,指示开销为1/2/3/4bit时,对应指示的t值分别如表5,表6,表7,表8所示。The transmitting end UE indicates the retransmission interval t through the T-RPT signaling in the SA, and the system pre-defines the correspondence between the indication bit and the t value. For different numbers of indication bit overheads, different correspondences may be defined correspondingly, and the indication cost is For 1/2/3/4bit, the corresponding t values are shown in Table 5, Table 6, Table 7, and Table 8, respectively.
通过显示的指示开销,可以灵活有效的控制TB重传子帧与初传子帧的相对位置,达到灵活的重传子帧配置效果,此方法需要一定的控制指示bit开销,具体开销的大小可按照系统需求确定。The indicated overhead of the TB retransmission subframe and the initial transmission subframe can be flexibly and effectively controlled to achieve a flexible retransmission subframe configuration effect. This method requires a certain control indication bit overhead, and the specific overhead can be Determine according to system requirements.
表5table 5
1bit指示1bit indication tt
00 11
11 44
表6Table 6
2bit指示2bit indication tt
0000 11
0101 22
1010 44
1111 88
表7Table 7
3bit指示3bit indication tt
000000 11
001001 22
010010 33
011011 44
100100 55
101101 66
110110 77
111111 88
表8Table 8
4bit指示4bit indication tt
00000000 11
00010001 22
00100010 33
00110011 44
01000100 55
01010101 66
01100110 77
01110111 88
10001000 99
10011001 1010
1010-11111010-1111 保留Reserved
方法二Method Two
t为系统规范确定固定值。 t determines a fixed value for the system specification.
例如,系统固定重传间隔t=4,则发射端UE仅需要指示初始传输子帧索引号k,进一步按照固定的t=4即可以指示出此传输TB的数据信道资源所在的初传及重传子帧位置。For example, if the system fixed retransmission interval t=4, the transmitting end UE only needs to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k, and further according to the fixed t=4, it can indicate the initial transmission and the weight of the data channel resource of the transmission TB. Pass the sub-frame position.
此方法的优点在于不需要任何信令开销指示重传间隔t,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销,且唯一固定的t值有利于简化资源调度配置。The advantage of this method is that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, the overhead indicated for the data channel resources can be effectively compressed, and the unique fixed t value is advantageous for simplifying the resource scheduling configuration.
方法三Method three
t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示。例如由eNB通过系统广播消息SIB、或者RRC消息指示重传间隔t,通过高层信令指示的t值具有半静态的配置效果,在一定时间范围内保持不变。这里网络侧包括以下实体中的一种或多种:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。t is indicated by the high layer signaling configuration by the network side. For example, the eNB indicates the retransmission interval t through the system broadcast message SIB or the RRC message, and the t value indicated by the high layer signaling has a semi-static configuration effect and remains unchanged for a certain time range. Here, the network side includes one or more of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager. .
实例十四Example fourteen
eNB在SIB消息中对D2D communication相关资源进行配置指示,其中,指示重传间隔t=2,则发射端UE指示初始传输子帧索引号k,进一步按照固定的t=2即可以指示出此TB的数据信道资源所在的初传及重传子帧位置。The eNB performs configuration indication on the D2D communication related resource in the SIB message, where the retransmission interval t=2 is indicated, the transmitting end UE indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k, and the TB can be further indicated according to the fixed t=2. The initial transmission and retransmission subframe positions where the data channel resources are located.
此方法的优点在于不需要物理层信令开销指示重传间隔t,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销,同时通过高层信令可以半静态调整重传间隔t,使t值具有一定的可配置性,且小区统一的t值有利于简化资源调度配置。The method has the advantages that the physical layer signaling overhead is not required to indicate the retransmission interval t, and the overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed. At the same time, the retransmission interval t can be semi-statically adjusted through the high layer signaling, so that the t value has a certain value. Configurability, and the unified t value of the cell is beneficial to simplify resource scheduling configuration.
方法四Method four
t根据TB的传输次数N确定,根据N的具体取值,系统预定义N与t的对应关系,从而确定t的具体取值。t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB. According to the specific value of N, the system pre-defines the correspondence between N and t, thereby determining the specific value of t.
实例十五Example fifteen
系统定义N与t的对应关系,一些实例如表9-表17所示,则发射端UE可以根据TB的传输次数N按照预定义的规则确定相应的t值。The system defines the correspondence between N and t. Some examples are shown in Table 9-Table 17. The UE at the transmitting end can determine the corresponding value of t according to the predefined rule according to the number N of transmissions of the TB.
此方法的优点在于不需要任何信令开销指示重传间隔t,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销,同时根据TB的传输次数N确定相应的重传间隔t,使t值能够随着所需的传输子帧数量而变化,具有较强的适应性和灵活性。 The advantage of this method is that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, the overhead of indicating the data channel resource can be effectively compressed, and the corresponding retransmission interval t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB, so that the value of t can be It varies with the number of transmission subframes required, and has strong adaptability and flexibility.
表9Table 9
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 44
44 22
88 11
表10Table 10
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 88
44 44
88 11
表11Table 11
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 88
44 44
88 22
表12Table 12
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 33
44 22
88 11
表13Table 13
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 55
44 33
88 22
表14Table 14
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 44
44 11
表15Table 15
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 44
44 22
表16Table 16
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 22
44 11
表17Table 17
TB的传输次数NTB transmission times N tt
22 88
44 44
方法五Method five
t根据TB的传输次数N和TB间隔K或D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000014
或者
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000015
t is determined according to the number of transmissions N of the TB and the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D ,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000014
or
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000015
实例十六Example sixteen
发射端UE根据TB的传输次数N和TB间隔K,基于预定义的关系
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000016
隐式指示t的具体取值。例如,TB间隔K=80时,当N=4,则t=20,当N=2,t=40。
The transmitting end UE is based on the pre-defined relationship according to the number of transmissions N of the TB and the interval K of the TB.
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000016
Implicitly indicates the specific value of t. For example, when the TB interval is K=80, when N=4, then t=20, when N=2, t=40.
此方法的优点在于不需要任何信令开销指示重传间隔t,可以有效压缩对数据信道资源指示的开销,同时根据TB的传输次数N以及TB间隔K确定相应的重传间隔t,使t值能够随着所需的传输子帧数量和最大可用子帧数量而变化,具有较强的适应性和灵活性。 The method has the advantages that no signaling overhead is required to indicate the retransmission interval t, and the overhead indicated by the data channel resource can be effectively compressed, and the corresponding retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of transmission times N of the TB and the TB interval K, so that the t value is obtained. It can be changed with the number of required transmission subframes and the maximum number of available subframes, and has strong adaptability and flexibility.
上面分别说明了初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t的各种确定方法,进一步的,关于k和t各种方法可以在不冲突的条件下任意组合使用,下面将进一步参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。The various methods for determining the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are respectively described above. Further, various methods for k and t can be used arbitrarily in a non-conflicting condition, and further reference will be made to the accompanying drawings. The invention will be described in detail in conjunction with the embodiments.
实例十七Example seventeen
发射端UE在SA中通过信令明确指示初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t,并在所指示的data subframe上发送待传输的TB。The transmitting end UE explicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t in the SA by signaling, and transmits the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
发射端UE在SA中的T-RPT信息中指示k=5,t=4,且TB间隔K=20,TB的传输次数N=4,则通过k,t的指示,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图7所示,发射端UE在subframe#5进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#9、#13、#17分别进行三次重传。The transmitting end UE indicates k=5, t=4, and the TB interval K=20 in the T-RPT information in the SA, and the number of transmissions of the TB is N=4, and the data corresponding to the TB transmission is indicated by the indication of k, t. The channel sub-frame resource is shown in FIG. 7. The transmitting end UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe #5, and performs retransmission three times in subframe #9, #13, and #17, respectively.
实例十八Example 18
系统预配置了D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE在SA中通过信令为D2D逻辑子帧序列指示重传间隔t,初始传输子帧索引号k由发射端UE使用的SA resource index和D2D子帧数量KD2D确定(如方法二所述),并在所指示的data subframe上发送待传输的TB。The system pre-configured the D2D subframe resource pool, and the transmitting UE indicates the retransmission interval t for the D2D logical subframe sequence by signaling in the SA, and the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the UE UE for the SA resource index and the D2D sub-frame. The number of frames K D2D is determined (as described in method 2) and the TB to be transmitted is transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
发射端UE的SA index=9,SA中的T-RPT信息中指示t=3,且D2D子帧数量KD2D=16,TB的传输次数N=2,则k=(SA index)mod KD2D=9,结合t=3的指示,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图8所示,在D2D逻辑子帧序列中,逻辑初传子帧为子帧#9,逻辑重传子帧为子帧#12,对应到实际的物理子帧上,发射端UE在subframe#11进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#16进行重传。The SA index=9 of the transmitting UE, the t-RPT information in the SA indicates t=3, and the number of D2D subframes is K D2D =16, the number of transmissions of TB is N=2, then k=(SA index) mod K D2D =9, combined with the indication of t=3, the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 8. In the D2D logical subframe sequence, the logical initial transmission subframe is subframe #9, and the logical retransmission subframe is For subframe #12, corresponding to the actual physical subframe, the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of TB in subframe#11 and retransmits in subframe#16.
实例十九Example 19
初始传输子帧索引号k由发射端UE使用的SA resource index、TB间隔K和TB的传输次数N确定(如方法四所述),重传间隔t根据配置的N与表9定义的关系确定,发射端UE不需要任何信令指示k和t,即可实现对data resource的子帧资源指示,并在所指示的data subframe上发送待传输的TB。The initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the SA resource index used by the transmitting UE, the TB interval K, and the number N of transmissions of the TB (as described in Method 4), and the retransmission interval t is determined according to the relationship between the configured N and Table 9. The UE does not need any signaling indications k and t, so that the subframe resource indication of the data resource can be implemented, and the TB to be transmitted is sent on the indicated data subframe.
发射端UE的SA index=26,TB间隔K=40,TB的传输次数N=4,则
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000017
根据表9可得t=2,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源 如图9所示,发射端UE在subframe#6进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#8、#10、#12分别进行三次重传。
The UE of the transmitting end has SA index=26, the TB interval is K=40, and the number of transmissions of TB is N=4.
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000017
According to Table 9, t=2 is obtained, and the corresponding data channel subframe resource of the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 9. The transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe#6, and respectively in subframe#8, #10, #12 respectively. Perform three retransmissions.
实例二十Example twenty
初始传输子帧索引号k由发射端UE的RNTI、TB间隔K和TB的传输次数N确定(如方法五所述),重传间隔t根据配置的N与表10定义的关系确定,发射端UE不需要任何信令指示k和t,即可实现对data resource的子帧资源指示,并在所指示的data subframe上发送待传输的TB。The initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the RNTI of the transmitting UE, the TB interval K, and the number N of transmissions of the TB (as described in Method 5), and the retransmission interval t is determined according to the relationship between the configured N and Table 10, and the transmitting end The UE does not need any signaling indications k and t to implement the subframe resource indication of the data resource, and sends the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
发射端UE的RNTI为“0111 1000 0010 1001”,TB间隔K=40,TB的传输次数N=8,则
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000018
根据表10可得t=1,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图10所示,发射端UE在subframe#1进行TB的初始传输,并从subframe#2开始连续7个子帧上进行七次重传。
The RNTI of the UE at the transmitting end is "0111 1000 0010 1001", the TB interval is K=40, and the number of transmissions of TB is N=8.
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000018
According to the table 10, t=1, the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 10, and the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in the subframe#1, and performs the continuous 7 subframes from the subframe#2. Seven retransmissions.
实例二十一Example twenty one
发射端UE在SA中通过信令明确指示初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000019
(如方法一所述),t根据TB的传输次数N和TB间隔K确定,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000020
(如方法五所述),并在所指示的data subframe上发送待传输的TB。
The transmitting end UE explicitly indicates the initial transmission subframe index number k by signaling in the SA, where
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000019
(As described in Method 1), t is determined according to the number of transmissions N of the TB and the interval K of the TB,
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000020
(As described in Method 5), and transmitting the TB to be transmitted on the indicated data subframe.
发射端UE在SA的T-RPT中指示TB间隔K=20,TB的传输次数N=2,则t=10,k的取值范围为k∈[0,9],其中,发射端UE指示k=7。通过k,t的指示,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图11所示,发射端UE在subframe#7进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#17进行重传。The transmitting end UE indicates the TB interval K=20 in the T-RPT of the SA, the number of transmissions of the TB is N=2, then t=10, and the value of k ranges from k∈[0,9], where the transmitting end UE indicates k=7. As indicated by k, t, the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 11. The transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe #7 and retransmits in subframe#17.
(三)综合指示方法(3) Comprehensive indication method
除了上述介绍的分别确定初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t的方法以外,还可以通过统一的指示信息:资源配置索引号Resource Index指示初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t,Resource Index在控制指示信令中指示,控制指示信令为D2D调度配置信令或D2D SA T-RPT信令。 In addition to the foregoing methods for determining the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, the initial indication subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t may be indicated by a unified indication information: a resource configuration index number Resource Index. The Resource Index indicates in the control indication signaling that the control indication signaling is D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
系统预定义资源配置表,表中的Resource Index i体现了TB间隔K、TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k(或初始传输子帧基准值k0)联合编码的结果,也就是说,任意的一组[K,N,k(k0)]取值,唯一对应于一个Resource Index i。同时,通过控制指示信令指示的i值,也可以基于资源配置表确定唯一的一组[K,N,k(k0)]取值。The system pre-defines the resource configuration table. The Resource Index i in the table reflects the result of the joint encoding of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k (or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ). That is to say, an arbitrary set of [K, N, k(k 0 )] takes a value and uniquely corresponds to one Resource Index i. At the same time, by controlling the value of i indicated by the indication signaling, a unique set of [K, N, k(k 0 )] values may also be determined based on the resource configuration table.
对于任意的TB间隔和TB传输次数的组合[K,N],不同的初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t即对应于不同的子帧配置图样。由于不同的[K,N]在实际系统运行中的使用效果及对应的场景和需求不同,使各种[K,N]取值的适用性和使用频率有所不同,因此在资源配置表中,应为不同的[K,N]取值定义不同数量的Resource Index i,也就是说对于不同的[K,N]配置,包含不同数量的子帧配置,使较常用的[K,N]配置包含更多的子帧配置图样,而较少使用的[K,N]配置,则可以在表中定义较少的子帧配置图样,以达到充分利用有限的Resource Index i指示值,同时提供灵活高效的子帧资源指示的效果。For a combination of arbitrary TB intervals and TB transmission times [K, N], different initial transmission subframe index numbers k and retransmission intervals t correspond to different subframe configuration patterns. Due to the different [K, N] use effects in the actual system operation and the corresponding scenarios and requirements, the applicability and frequency of use of various [K, N] values are different, so in the resource configuration table A different number of Resource Index i should be defined for different [K, N] values, that is, for different [K, N] configurations, including different numbers of subframe configurations, making the more commonly used [K, N] The configuration contains more sub-frame configuration patterns, while the less used [K,N] configuration allows fewer sub-frame configuration patterns to be defined in the table to take advantage of the limited Resource Index i indications. The effect of flexible and efficient sub-frame resource indication.
方法一method one
系统预定义资源配置表,基于资源配置表,发射端UE可以通过唯一的指示参数:Resource Index i指示k和t。资源配置表对每一个i的取值定义了唯一对应的TB间隔K、TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k,即通过Resource Index i可以直接从资源配置表中获得K、N和k值,进一步的,重传间隔t由K、N确定:The system pre-defines the resource configuration table. Based on the resource configuration table, the transmitting UE can indicate k and t by using a unique indication parameter: Resource Index i. The resource configuration table defines a unique corresponding TB interval K, a number of transmission times N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k, that is, the Resource Index i can directly obtain K and N from the resource configuration table. And k value, further, the retransmission interval t is determined by K, N:
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000021
重传间隔t如上获得,可以令待传输TB的多次传输之间的传输间隔在有效的TB传输间隔内达到最大值,从而提供更有效的时间分集增益。The retransmission interval t is obtained as above, and the transmission interval between multiple transmissions of the TB to be transmitted can be maximized within a valid TB transmission interval, thereby providing a more efficient time diversity gain.
实例二十二Example twenty two
系统预定义的资源配置表如表18所示:The system predefined resource configuration table is shown in Table 18:
表18Table 18
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000023
发射端UE在SA中通过信令指示资源配置索引i=117,则根据资源配置表,以表18为例,则TB间隔K=40,TB的传输次数N=4,初始传输子帧索引号k=2,进一步的,所指示的重传间隔
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000024
此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图12所示,发射端在所指示的subframe#2上进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#12、#22、#32上分别进行三次重传。
The transmitting end UE indicates the resource configuration index i=117 by signaling in the SA, and according to the resource configuration table, taking Table 18 as an example, the TB interval K=40, the TB transmission number N=4, and the initial transmission subframe index number. k=2, further, the indicated retransmission interval
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000024
The data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 12, and the transmitting end performs initial transmission of the TB on the indicated subframe#2, and performs three retransmissions on subframes #12, #22, and #32, respectively.
方法二Method Two
系统预定义资源配置表,基于资源配置表,发射端UE可以通过唯一的指示参数:Resource Index i指示k和t。资源配置表对每一个i的取值定义了唯一对应的TB间隔K、TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0,即通过Resource Index i可以直接从资源配置表中获得K、N和k0值。The system pre-defines the resource configuration table. Based on the resource configuration table, the transmitting UE can indicate k and t by using a unique indication parameter: Resource Index i. The resource configuration table defines a unique corresponding TB interval K, a number of transmission times N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , that is, the Resource Index i can directly obtain K from the resource configuration table. N and k 0 values.
另外,由系统预定义或预配置,或者由网络侧通过高层信令指示D2D子帧资源池,则进一步的,重传间隔t由TB间隔内的D2D子帧数量KD2D、N确定,初始传输子帧索引号k由k0和t确定:In addition, the D2D subframe resource pool is pre-defined or pre-configured by the system, or the network side indicates the D2D subframe resource pool by the high-layer signaling. Further, the retransmission interval t is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D and N in the TB interval, and the initial transmission is performed. The subframe index number k is determined by k 0 and t:
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000025
k=k0modt。k=k 0 modt.
其中,重传间隔t如上获得,可以令待传输TB的多次传输之间的传输间隔在有效的D2D子帧配置内达到最大值,从而提供更有效的时间分集增益,而初始传输子帧索引号k如上获得,可以保障初始传输子帧为D2D子帧,根据传输次数和传输间隔确定初始传输子帧位置,提供适应性的子帧配置效果。 Wherein, the retransmission interval t is obtained as above, and the transmission interval between multiple transmissions of the to-be-transmitted TB can be maximized within a valid D2D subframe configuration, thereby providing a more efficient time diversity gain, and the initial transmission subframe index The number k is obtained as above, and the initial transmission subframe can be guaranteed to be a D2D subframe, and the initial transmission subframe position is determined according to the number of transmissions and the transmission interval, thereby providing an adaptive subframe configuration effect.
实例二十三Example twenty three
系统预定义的资源配置表如表19所示:The system predefined resource configuration table is shown in Table 19:
表19Table 19
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000026
eNB通过系统广播消息配置D2D子帧资源池,发射端UE在SA中通过信令指示资源配置索引i=99,则根据资源配置表,以表19为例,则TB间隔K=40,TB的传输次数N=2,初始传输子帧基准值k0=9,TB间隔内的D2D子帧配置如图13所示,D2D子帧数量KD2D=12。进一步的,所指示的重传间隔
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000027
初始传输子帧索引号k=k0modt=3,此TB传输对应的数据信道子帧资源如图13所示,在D2D逻辑子帧序列中,逻辑初传子帧为子帧#3,逻辑重传子帧为子帧#9,对应到实际的物理子帧上,发射端UE在subframe#6进行TB的初始传输,并在subframe#29进行重传。
The eNB configures the D2D subframe resource pool by using the system broadcast message, and the UE at the transmitting end indicates the resource configuration index i=99 by using the signaling in the SA. According to the resource configuration table, Table 19 is taken as an example, and the TB interval is K=40, TB. The number of transmissions N=2, the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 =9, and the D2D subframe configuration in the TB interval is as shown in FIG. 13, and the number of D2D subframes is K D2D =12. Further, the indicated retransmission interval
Figure PCTCN2015074332-appb-000027
The initial transmission subframe index number k=k 0 modt=3, the data channel subframe resource corresponding to the TB transmission is as shown in FIG. 13 , in the D2D logical subframe sequence, the logical initial transmission subframe is subframe #3, logic The retransmission subframe is subframe #9, corresponding to the actual physical subframe, and the transmitting UE performs initial transmission of the TB in subframe#6, and retransmits in subframe#29.
根据本发明实施例,还提供了一种数据接收方法。According to an embodiment of the present invention, a data receiving method is also provided.
图14为根据本发明实施例的数据接收方法流程图,如图14所示,主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a data receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the method mainly includes the following steps:
步骤S1402,第二UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k或者通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数。Step S1402: The second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, and k, t is a non-negative integer.
步骤S1404,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。 Step S1404: The second UE receives the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE可以通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;或者,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的一个或N个子帧,N为大于1的整数;进一步的,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE may determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or, by using the initial transmission subframe index number And the retransmission interval t determines one or N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, and N is an integer greater than 1; further, the second UE receives data transmission in a subframe where the data channel resource is located Block TB; or, the second UE receives N times of transmission of the TB in N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第二UE在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述一个或N个子帧,其中,所述TB间隔是指可用于接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, includes: the second UE, according to the initial transmission, within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received The frame index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t determine the one or N subframes, wherein the TB interval refers to a maximum subframe range usable for receiving the TB Contains K subframes, K is greater than or equal to N, and K is a positive integer.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, determining, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received within the TB interval for the first time, where The starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1].
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,可以进一步基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the N-1 retransmissions of the TB are received within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t based on the initial transmission subframe #k. Retransmit subframe #m, where m = k + t * n, n ∈ [1, N - 1].
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used to determine, for the first time, the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is received within the TB interval, where the The K D2D devices are included in the TB interval to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, which are respectively recorded as subframes [#0,...,#K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to a distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval, determining The logical initial transmission subframe #k corresponds to the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D ; the number of the D2D subframes included in the TB interval K D2D and the subframe position are indicated by a system pre-defined or higher layer signaling configuration.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DIn an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , determining, by the retransmission interval t, receiving N-1 weights of the TB retransmission within the TB interval Passing sub-frame #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D sub-frames are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence [#0,...,#K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the The retransmission interval t determines the logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], and further, according to the distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval, The logical retransmission subframe #m corresponds to the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D .
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,其中,所述第二UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定所使用的数据信道资源所在的一个子帧时,重传间隔t为固定值、或者t值指示无意义,或者未获得t值指示,或者所指示的t值为空。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, a retransmission interval when one subframe of the used data channel resource is determined. t is a fixed value, or the t value indicates no meaning, or the t value indication is not obtained, or the indicated t value is null.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE在第一UE发送的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输(T-RPT)信令,所述第一UE是所述控制指示信令和所述TB的发送端。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where The control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indicates time domain resource pattern transmission (T-RPT) signaling in the SA signaling, the first UE is the control indication signaling and The transmitting end of the TB.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE在第一UE发送的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数;或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, where the initial transmission subframe index number The maximum value of k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB. The value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than the integer value of K divided by N rounded down. Or a value greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N, and determined to be a smaller value, and an integer is taken; or, the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is separated by the TB The number of the D2D subframes K D2D included in the TD and the number N of transmissions of the TB are determined, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by N rounded down Integer value; or a value greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D divided by N rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE根据下列信息中的任意一项或多项确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k:接收到的所述控制指示信道的资源信息,所述第一UE的ID信息,所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K,所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,所述重传间隔t。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k according to any one or more of the following information: the received resource of the control indication channel Information, the ID information of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, the retransmission Interval t.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the resource information of the control indication channel used by the first UE, and the number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the Determining the number of D2D subframes K D2D , where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K; or k is a resource index number SA index of the control indication channel for K D2D The value obtained by the modulo operation.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity)RNTI或D2D RNTI对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。 In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE and the number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D Determining, wherein k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on a K of the first UE's UE Radio Network Temporary Identity RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k is a UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE The value obtained by performing a modulo operation on K D2D .
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述控制指示信道的SAindex对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述控制指示信道的SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes KK included in the TB interval, or the The D2D subframe number K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, where k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the SA index of the control indication channel by K divided by the N rounded value; or k is The control indicates that the SA index of the channel is a value obtained by modulo K D2D divided by N rounded down values.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t);或者k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE, the resource information of the control indication channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the The number of D2D subframes K D2D , the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t are determined, where k=(SA index) mod(K-(N-1)*t); or k=(SA Index) mod(K D2D -(N-1)*t).
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D And determining, by the number of transmissions N of the TB, where k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating a value of K divided by N rounded down by a UE RNTI or a D2D RNTI of the first UE; or k is the The value obtained by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE modulo K D2D divided by the N rounded down value.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,UE D2D RNTI为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI;或者k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k is the ID of the first UE, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of the D2D subframes K D2D The number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t are determined, where k=(UE D2D RNTI) mod(K−(N−1)*t), where the UE D2D RNTI is the first UE's UE RNTI or D2D RNTI; or k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k进一步叠加偏移指示量□k作为更新的所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述偏移指示量□k由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes the offset indication amount □k as the updated initial transmission subframe index number k, where the offset indication The quantity □k is indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, and the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE从所述第一UE的控制指示信令中接收1或2或3或4bit信息,指示所述重传间隔t。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE receives 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bit information from the control indication signaling of the first UE, and indicates the retransmission interval t.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述重传间隔t为唯一固定值,由系统规范确定;或者,所述重传间隔t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示,其中,所述网络侧包括以下实体中的一种或多种:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动 性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side through a high layer signaling configuration, where The network side includes one or more of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, and a mobile The MME, the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN), the Operation Management and Maintenance OAM Manager.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述重传间隔t根据所述TB的传输次数N确定,由N的具体取值和预定义的规则,可以唯一确定所述重传间隔t的具体取值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the retransmission interval t may be uniquely determined by a specific value of N and a predefined rule. The specific value.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,根据所述TB的传输次数N确定所述重传间隔t的一种预定义规则为:In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, a predefined rule for determining the retransmission interval t according to the number N of transmissions of the TB is:
N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=1; or,
N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=2; or,
N=2时,t=3,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=3, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
N=2时,t=5,N=4时,t=3,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=5, when N=4, t=3, when N=8, t=2; or,
N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=1, or
N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, or
N=2时,t=2,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=2, when N=4, t=1, or
N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4。When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,所述重传间隔t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者所述重传间隔t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K or the number of D2D subframes K D2D and the number of transmissions N of the TB, where the weight The pass interval t is equal to K divided by an integer value rounded down by N; or the retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述第二UE根据所述第一UE发送的控制指示信令中指示的资源配置索引号Resource Index i以及预定义的资源配置表,确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second UE determines, according to the resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated in the control indication signaling sent by the first UE, and a predefined resource configuration table. The initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t are described.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。 In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述资源配置表中规定了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k,进一步的,所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k. Further, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB, where t is equal to an integer value in which K is divided by N and rounded down.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述资源配置表中规定了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0,进一步的,所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔以内包含的D2D子帧的数量KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据所述重传间隔t和所述初始传输子帧基准值k0确定,其中,k等于k0对t进行取模运算获得的数值。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k. 0. Further, the retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by N rounded down An integer value; the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
根据本发明实施例,还提供了一种数据发送装置,该装置与上述数据发送方法对应,该装置可以按照上述方法的描述,完成数据发送。According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is further provided a data transmitting apparatus, wherein the apparatus corresponds to the data sending method, and the apparatus can complete data transmission according to the description of the foregoing method.
图15为根据本发明实施例的数据发送装置的结构示意图,如图15所示,主要包括:确定模块1502,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;发送模块1504,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a data sending apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the method mainly includes: a determining module 1502, configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number. k and the retransmission interval t determine the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t is a non-negative integer; the transmitting module 1504 is configured to transmit the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,其中,N为大于0的整数;所述发送模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB或者在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located or by using the initial transmission subframe index number The k and the retransmission interval t determine N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; the transmitting module is configured to transmit the TB or in the subframe in which the data channel resource is located The TB is sent N times in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is transmitted.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,其中,N为大于0的整数;所述发送模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB;或者在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。 In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or through the initial transmission subframe index The number k and the retransmission interval t determine N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0; the transmitting module is configured to send the TB in one subframe in which the data channel resource is located Or transmitting the TB N times in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is transmitted.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述装置还包括:指示模块,设置为在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the apparatus further includes: an indication module, configured to indicate, in the control indication signaling, the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t, The control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1],K为所述TB间隔。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within a TB interval, where The starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k∈[0, K-1], K For the TB interval.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, that the TB is repeatedly sent within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t N-1 retransmission subframes #m, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1],其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,再根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is sent for the first time within the TB interval. D2D , wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as a subframe [#0 , ..., #K D2D -1], wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and then the TB according to the D2D subframe distribution in the interval, the logic determines the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding to the beginning of the physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB comprise predefined by the system or High-level signaling configuration indication.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DIn an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , that the TB is repeatedly sent within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence [#0,...,#K D2D -1], according to a logical initial transmission Frame #k and the retransmission interval t determine a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], further, according to the D2D subframe in the TB The distribution within the interval determines the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
根据本发明实施例,还提供一种数据接收装置,该装置与上述数据接收装置对应,用于实现上述数据接收方法According to an embodiment of the present invention, there is further provided a data receiving apparatus, the apparatus corresponding to the data receiving apparatus, configured to implement the data receiving method
图16为根据本发明实施例的数据接收装置的结构示意图,如图16所示,主要包括:确定模块1602,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,通过所述初始传输子 帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;接收模块1604,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the method mainly includes: a determining module 1602, configured to initially transmit a subframe index number k, or by using the initial transmission sub- The frame index number k and the retransmission interval t determine the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, k, t are non-negative integers; and the receiving module 1604 is configured to receive the data transmission block TB on the subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数;所述接收模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,在所述数据信道资源所在的N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, a subframe in which a data channel resource is located or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and The retransmission interval t determines N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, and N is an integer greater than 0; the receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located; or The N times of the TB are received in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, and N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to be based on the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe index within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received. The number k and the retransmission interval t determine a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, wherein the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be used to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than or equal to N, K Is a positive integer.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received for the first time within a TB interval, where The initial subframe at the TB interval is referred to as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the start subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1].
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k, that the TB retransmission is received within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t N-1 retransmission subframes #m, where m = k + t * n, n ∈ [1, N - 1].
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k of the TB is received for the first time within the TB interval. D2D , wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as a subframe [#0 , ..., #K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to the D2D subframe in the TB distribution in the interval, the logic determines the initial transmission subframe #k corresponding to the beginning of the physical transmission subframe #k D2D; D2D number K and the D2D subframe position within said subframe interval TB comprise predefined by the system or High-level signaling configuration indication.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m, m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DIn an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , that the TB is received within the TB interval by using the retransmission interval t N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D are transmitted, wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence [#0,...,#K D2D -1], according to the logic initial transmission Subframe #k and the retransmission interval t determine a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], further, according to the D2D subframe The distribution within the TB interval determines the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
在本发明实施例的一个可选实施方式中,该装置还可以包括:获取模块,设置为从控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the apparatus may further include: an acquiring module, configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the control indication signaling, The control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
根据本发明实施例,还提供了一种数据传输系统,该包括:第一UE和第二UE,其中,所述第一UE包括上述的数据发送装置装置,所述第二UE包括上述的数据接收装置。According to an embodiment of the present invention, a data transmission system is further provided, including: a first UE and a second UE, where the first UE includes the foregoing data transmitting device, and the second UE includes the foregoing data. Receiving device.
从以上的描述中,可以看出,在本发明实施例中,通过初始传输子帧索引号、或者初始传输子帧索引号和重传间隔指示数据块一次或多次传输使用的数据信道子帧资源,使发射端UE能够有效指示所使用的子帧资源,以及使接收端UE能够有效获得待接收数据块的子帧资源配置,达到灵活、高效的配置数据信道资源,降低指示信令开销的作用。From the above description, it can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the data channel subframe used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number, or the initial transmission subframe index number and the retransmission interval. The resource enables the transmitting end UE to effectively indicate the used subframe resource, and enables the receiving end UE to effectively obtain the subframe resource configuration of the to-be-received data block, thereby achieving flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reducing the signaling overhead. effect.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,可选地,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,并且在某些情况下,可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein. The steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已,并不设置为限制本发明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。The above description is only a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
工业实用性Industrial applicability
基于本发明实施例提供的上述技术方案,通过初始传输子帧索引号、或者初始传输子帧索引号和重传间隔指示数据块一次或多次传输使用的数据信道子帧资源,使发射端UE能够有效指示所使用的子帧资源,以及使接收端UE能够有效获得待接收数据块的子帧资源配置,达到灵活、高效的配置数据信道资源,降低指示信令开销的作用。 According to the foregoing technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the data channel subframe resource used for one or more transmissions of the data block is indicated by the initial transmission subframe index number, or the initial transmission subframe index number and the retransmission interval, so that the UE at the transmitting end is enabled. The subframe resource configuration can be effectively indicated, and the receiving UE can effectively obtain the subframe resource configuration of the data block to be received, thereby achieving flexible and efficient configuration of the data channel resource and reducing the signaling overhead.

Claims (74)

  1. 一种数据发送方法,包括:A data transmission method includes:
    第一用户设备UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;The first user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where k, t are non-negative integers;
    所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。The first UE sends a data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述第一用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB;或者Determining, by the first user equipment UE, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k; the first UE sending the TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located ;or
    所述第一用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数;所述第一UE在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。Determining, by the first user equipment UE, the N subframes in which the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, where N is an integer greater than 0; the first UE is in the data The TB is sent N times in the N subframes where the channel resource is located, where N is the number of times the TB is transmitted.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在待发送的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内指示所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于发送所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K为大于等于所述TB的发送次数的正整数。The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: the first UE indicating a subframe in which the data channel resource is located within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be sent, where the TB The interval is a maximum subframe range that can be used to transmit the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is a positive integer greater than or equal to the number of transmissions of the TB.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第一UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1],K为所述TB间隔。The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, comprising: determining, by the first UE, the first time within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k Sending the initial subframe #k of the TB, where the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe The frame, k ∈ [0, K-1], K is the TB interval.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧还包括:所述第一UE基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。The method according to claim 4, wherein the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located further comprises: determining, by the first UE, based on the initial transmission subframe #k, by the retransmission interval t Repeatingly transmitting N-1 retransmission subframes #m of the TB within the TB interval, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1 ].
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the first UE, a subframe in which a data channel resource is located includes:
    所述第一UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1],其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,再根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。Determining, by the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is sent within the TB interval for the first time, where the TB interval includes K D2D devices Go to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ≤ K, and sequentially connect the K D2D D2D subframes to form a logical subframe sequence, which are respectively recorded as subframes [#0,...,#K D2D -1], wherein The initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and the logical initial transmission subframe is determined according to the distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval. The physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to k; the number of D2D subframes and the subframe position included in the TB interval are indicated by a system pre-defined or higher layer signaling configuration.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述第一UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:所述第一UE基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DThe method according to claim 6, wherein the determining, by the first UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, further comprising: the first UE is based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , by the retransmission interval Determining that the N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D of the TB are repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval, wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0,..., On the #K D2D -1], the logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], is determined according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval t. Further, the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m is determined according to the distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定所使用的数据信道资源所在的一个子帧的情况下,所述重传间隔t设置为固定值、或者t值指示无意义、或者不指示t值,或者t值为空。The method according to claim 1, wherein, in the case where one subframe in which the used data channel resource is located is determined by the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, the retransmission interval t is set to be fixed A value, or a value of t, indicates no meaning, or does not indicate a value of t, or the value of t is null.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输T-RPT信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in control indication signaling, wherein The control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or a time domain resource pattern transmission T-RPT information in the D2D scheduling indication SA signaling.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述第一UE通过1或2或3或4bit指示信令指示所述重传间隔t。The method of claim 9, wherein the first UE indicates the retransmission interval t by 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bit indication signaling.
  11. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,所述方法还包括:所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, the method further comprising: the first UE indicating the initial transmission subframe index number k in control indication signaling, wherein
    指示的所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数;或者, The indicated maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero and less than K divided by N is a rounded integer value; or is greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N is rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer; or,
    指示的所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数。Determining the maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k The range is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by N rounded integer value; or is greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D divided by N rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take the integer .
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据下列信息中的至少之一确定:所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述第一UE的ID信息、TB间隔包含的子帧数量K、所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述重传间隔t。The method according to claim 1, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to at least one of the following information: resource information of a control indication channel used by the first UE, the first UE The ID information, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel and the number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the D2D sub- The number of frames K D2D is determined, among them,
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulating K by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel; or
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE and a number of subframes K included in the TB interval or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , among them,
    k为所述第一UE的UE无线网络临时标识RNTI或D2D RNTI对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulo K of the UE radio network temporary identifier RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the UE RNTI or the D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the D2D sub- The number of frames K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, wherein
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulating the value of the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing K by N rounded down; or
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。 k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing K D2D by the value of N rounded down.
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the D2D sub- a frame number K D2D , a number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t are determined, wherein
    k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,SA index为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号;或者k=(SA index) mod(K-(N-1)*t), where SA index is a resource index number of the control indication channel; or
    k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。k = (SA index) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
  17. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is represented by an ID of the first UE, a number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number of transmissions N of the TB is determined, wherein
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating the value of K divided by N rounded down by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the value of K D2D divided by N rounded down by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  18. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,The method according to claim 12, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE, a number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or a number of D2D subframes K D2D Determining the number N of transmissions of the TB, and determining the retransmission interval t, wherein
    k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),UE D2D RNTI为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI;或者k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K - (N - 1) * t), UE D2D RNTI is the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
  19. 根据权利要求12-18任意一项所述的方法,所述初始传输子帧索引号k进一步叠加偏移指示量△k作为更新的所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述偏移指示量△k由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输T-RPT信令。The method according to any one of claims 12-18, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes an offset indication amount Δk as an updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset The indication quantity Δk is indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indication SA signaling in the time domain resource pattern transmission T- RPT signaling.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述重传间隔t为唯一固定值,由系统规范确定;或者,所述重传间隔t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示,其中,所述网络侧包括以下实体中的一种或多种:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side through a high layer signaling configuration, wherein the network The side includes one or more of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述重传间隔t根据预定义规则和所述TB的传输次数N确定。The method according to claim 1, wherein the retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of the TB.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,根据所述TB的传输次数N确定所述重传间隔t的所述预定义规则至少包括以下之一:The method according to claim 21, wherein the predefined rule for determining the retransmission interval t according to the number N of transmissions of the TB comprises at least one of the following:
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=2; or,
    N=2时,t=3,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=3, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=5,N=4时,t=3,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=5, when N=4, t=3, when N=8, t=2; or,
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=1, or
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, or
    N=2时,t=2,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=2, when N=4, t=1, or
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4。When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4.
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述重传间隔t根据TB间隔K或所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 1, wherein the retransmission interval t is determined according to a TB interval K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and a number N of transmissions of the TB, wherein
    所述重传间隔t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者The retransmission interval t is equal to an integer value of K divided by N rounded off; or
    所述重传间隔t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值。The retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示的资源配置索引号Resource Index i以及预定义的资源配置表确定。The method according to claim 1, wherein said initial transmission subframe index number k and said retransmission interval t are indicated by a resource configuration index number Resource Index i and a pre-indication indicated by said first UE in control indication signaling The defined resource configuration table is determined.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。The method of claim 24, wherein the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述资源配置表中的所述资源配置索引号i为所述TB间隔K,所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0的联合编码指示值,即,The method according to claim 24, wherein said resource configuration index number i in said resource configuration table is said TB interval K, said number of transmissions N of said TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or initial Coding the coded indication value of the transmission subframe reference value k 0 , ie,
    所述资源配置索引号i唯一对应于一个所述TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0The resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述TB间隔和所述TB的传输次数的组合[K,N]的不同取值,对应于不同数量的所述资源配置索引号i。The method according to claim 26, wherein the different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
  28. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 24, wherein
    所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值。The resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; the retransmission interval t is according to the TB interval K And the number N of transmissions of the TB is determined, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
  29. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 24, wherein
    所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0The resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ;
    所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔以内包含的D2D子帧的数量KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;The retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N;
    所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据所述重传间隔t和所述初始传输子帧基准值k0确定,其中,k等于k0对t进行取模运算获得的数值。The initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
  30. 一种数据接收方法,包括:A data receiving method includes:
    第二用户设备UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;The second user equipment UE determines the subframe in which the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, or by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, where k, t are non-negative integers;
    所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。The second UE receives the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 30, wherein
    所述第二用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,The second user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located, and the second UE receives the data transmission block TB in one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or,
    所述第二用户设备UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数,所述第二UE在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。The second user equipment UE determines, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, N subframes in which the data channel resource is located, where N is an integer greater than 0, and the second UE is in the data. The N times of the TB are received in the N subframes where the channel resource is located, and N is the number of transmissions of the TB.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第二UE在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输 子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。The method according to claim 30, wherein the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, comprises: the second UE according to the initial transmission within a TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received a subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, determining a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, wherein the TB interval is a maximum subframe available for receiving the TB The frame range contains K subframes, K is greater than or equal to N, and K is a positive integer.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧包括:所述第二UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。The method according to claim 30, wherein the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located comprises: determining, by the second UE, the first reception within the TB interval by using the initial transmission subframe index number k The initial subframe #k of the TB, where the starting subframe with the TB interval is recorded as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe , k∈[0, K-1].
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。The method according to claim 33, wherein the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, further comprising: determining, at the TB, by the retransmission interval t based on the initial transmission subframe #k The N-1 retransmission subframes #m retransmitted by the TB are received within the interval, where m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
  35. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,包括:所述第二UE通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。The method according to claim 30, wherein the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, the second UE determining, by the initial transmission subframe index number k, within the TB interval Receiving the initial transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB at a time, wherein the TB interval includes K D2D devices to the device D2D subframe, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, respectively recorded as a subframe [#0, ..., #K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, Further, determining, according to the distribution of the D2D subframes in the TB interval, a physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; and the D2D sub-object included in the TB interval The number of frames K D2D and the subframe position are indicated by the system predefined or higher layer signaling configuration.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,还包括:所述第二UE基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DThe method according to claim 35, wherein the determining, by the second UE, the subframe in which the data channel resource is located, further comprising: the second UE is based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D , by the retransmission interval Determining, within the TB interval, receiving the N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D of the TB retransmission, where the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0,... , #K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval t, the logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1] Further, the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m is determined according to the distribution of the D2D subframe within the TB interval.
  37. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE通过初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定所使用的数据信道资源所在的一个子帧时,重传间隔t为固定值、或者t值指示无意义、或者未获得t值指示、或者所指示的t值为空。 The method according to claim 30, wherein the second UE determines a subframe in which the used data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, and the retransmission interval t is a fixed value. Or the value of t indicates no meaning, or the t value indication is not obtained, or the indicated t value is null.
  38. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE在第一UE发送的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D调度指示SA信令中的时域资源图样传输T-RPT信令,所述第一UE是所述控制指示信令和所述TB的发送端。The method according to claim 30, wherein the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in control indication signaling sent by the first UE, the control The indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or the D2D scheduling indication time-domain resource pattern transmission T-RPT signaling in the SA signaling, the first UE being the control indication signaling and the TB The sender.
  39. 根据权利要求30至36中任一项所述的方法,所述第二UE从所述控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,The method according to any one of claims 30 to 36, wherein the second UE obtains the initial transmission subframe index number k from the control indication signaling, where
    所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于K除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数;或者,The maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB. The value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is greater than or equal to zero and less than K divided by N is a rounded integer value; or is greater than or equal to zero, and less than K divided by N is rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take an integer; or,
    所述初始传输子帧索引号k的最大值由所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,所述初始传输子帧索引号k的取值范围为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;或者为大于等于零,且小于KD2D除以N向下取整确确定的数值与15中较小的值,取整数。The maximum value of the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, and the value of the initial transmission subframe index number k The range is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than K D2D divided by N rounded integer value; or is greater than or equal to zero, and less than K D2D divided by N rounded down to determine the value and the smaller of 15, take the integer .
  40. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE根据以下至少之一确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k:接收到的所述控制指示信道的资源信息,所述第一UE的ID信息,所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K,所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,所述重传间隔t。The method according to claim 30, wherein the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number k according to at least one of: the received resource information of the control indication channel, the first UE ID information, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由接收到的所述控制指示信道的资源信息和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中,The method according to claim 40, wherein said initial transmission subframe index number k is received by said resource information of said control indication channel and said number of subframes K or said number of D2D subframes included in said TB interval K D2D is determined, among them,
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulating K by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel; or
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID和所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D确定,其中, The method according to claim 40, wherein said initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of said first UE and a number of subframes K or said number of D2D subframes K D2D included in said TB interval, among them,
    k为所述第一UE的UE无线网络临时标识RNTI或D2D RNTI对K进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulo K of the UE radio network temporary identifier RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the K D2D by the UE RNTI or the D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  43. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 40, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes KK included in the TB interval, or the D2D sub- The number of frames K D2D , and the number of transmissions N of the TB are determined, wherein
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulating the value of the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing K by N rounded down; or
    k为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号SA index对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the resource index number SA index of the control indication channel by dividing K D2D by the value of N rounded down.
  44. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE使用的控制指示信道的资源信息、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中,The method according to claim 40, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is used by the first UE to control resource information of the channel, the number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or the D2D sub- a frame number K D2D , a number of transmissions N of the TB, and the retransmission interval t are determined, wherein
    k=(SA index)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,SA index为所述控制指示信道的资源索引号;或者k=(SA index) mod(K-(N-1)*t), where SA index is a resource index number of the control indication channel; or
    k=(SA index)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。k = (SA index) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
  45. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 40, wherein said initial transmission subframe index number k is represented by an ID of said first UE, a number of subframes K included in said TB interval, or said number of D2D subframes K D2D , and The number of transmissions N of the TB is determined, wherein
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对K除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值;或者k is a value obtained by modulo-calculating the value of K divided by N rounded down by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI对KD2D除以N向下取整后的数值进行模运算获得的数值。k is a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on the value of K D2D divided by N rounded down by the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE.
  46. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k由所述第一UE的ID、所述TB间隔包含的子帧数量K或者所述D2D子帧数量KD2D,所述TB的传输次数N,以及所述重传间隔t确定,其中, The method according to claim 40, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k is determined by an ID of the first UE, a number of subframes K included in the TB interval, or a number of D2D subframes K D2D Determining the number N of transmissions of the TB, and determining the retransmission interval t, wherein
    k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(K-(N-1)*t),其中,UE D2D RNTI为所述第一UE的UE RNTI或D2D RNTI;或者k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K - (N - 1) * t), where the UE D2D RNTI is the UE RNTI or D2D RNTI of the first UE; or
    k=(UE D2D RNTI)mod(KD2D-(N-1)*t)。k = (UE D2D RNTI) mod (K D2D - (N-1) * t).
  47. 根据权利要求40-46任意一项所述的方法,所述初始传输子帧索引号k进一步叠加偏移指示量△k作为更新的所述初始传输子帧索引号k,其中,所述偏移指示量△k由所述第一UE在控制指示信令中指示,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。The method according to any one of claims 40-46, wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k further superimposes an offset indication amount Δk as an updated initial transmission subframe index number k, wherein the offset The indication quantity Δk is indicated by the first UE in the control indication signaling, and the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  48. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE从所述第一UE发送的控制指示信令中接收1或2或3或4bit指示所述重传间隔t的信息。The method according to claim 38, wherein the second UE receives 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 bits of information indicating the retransmission interval t from the control indication signaling sent by the first UE.
  49. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,所述重传间隔t为唯一固定值,由系统规范确定;或者,所述重传间隔t由网络侧通过高层信令配置指示,其中,所述网络侧包括以下至少之一的实体:演进型基站eNB、小区协作实体MCE、网关GW、移动性管理设备MME、演进型通用陆地无线接入网EUTRAN、操作管理及维护OAM管理器。The method according to claim 30, wherein the retransmission interval t is a unique fixed value, which is determined by a system specification; or the retransmission interval t is indicated by a network side through a high layer signaling configuration, wherein the network side includes At least one of the following entities: an evolved base station eNB, a cell cooperative entity MCE, a gateway GW, a mobility management device MME, an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network EUTRAN, an operation management and maintenance OAM manager.
  50. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述重传间隔t根据预定义规则及所述TB的传输次数N确定。The method according to claim 30, wherein said retransmission interval t is determined according to a predefined rule and a number N of transmissions of said TB.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法,其中,根据所述TB的传输次数N确定所述重传间隔t的所述预定义规则至少包括以下之一:The method according to claim 50, wherein said predetermined rule for determining said retransmission interval t according to said number N of transmissions of said TB comprises at least one of the following:
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4, when N=8, t=2; or,
    N=2时,t=3,N=4时,t=2,N=8时,t=1;或者,When N=2, t=3, when N=4, t=2, when N=8, t=1; or,
    N=2时,t=5,N=4时,t=3,N=8时,t=2;或者,When N=2, t=5, when N=4, t=3, when N=8, t=2; or,
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=1, or
    N=2时,t=4,N=4时,t=2,或者When N=2, t=4, when N=4, t=2, or
    N=2时,t=2,N=4时,t=1,或者When N=2, t=2, when N=4, t=1, or
    N=2时,t=8,N=4时,t=4。 When N=2, t=8, when N=4, t=4.
  52. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述重传间隔t根据TB间隔K或所述TB间隔内包含的D2D子帧数量KD2D,以及所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,The method according to claim 30, wherein the retransmission interval t is determined according to a TB interval K or a number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval, and a number N of transmissions of the TB, wherein
    所述重传间隔t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值;或者The retransmission interval t is equal to an integer value of K divided by N rounded off; or
    所述重传间隔t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值。The retransmission interval t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N.
  53. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二UE根据所述控制指示信令中指示的资源配置索引号Resource Index i以及预定义的资源配置表,确定所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t。The method according to claim 30, wherein the second UE determines the initial transmission subframe index number according to a resource configuration index number Resource Index i indicated in the control indication signaling and a predefined resource configuration table. k and the retransmission interval t.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。The method of claim 53, wherein the control indication signaling is device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  55. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述资源配置表中的所述资源配置索引号i为所述TB间隔K,所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0的联合编码指示值,即,The method according to claim 53, wherein said resource configuration index number i in said resource configuration table is said TB interval K, said number of transmissions N of said TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k or initial Coding the coded indication value of the transmission subframe reference value k 0 , ie,
    所述资源配置索引号i唯一对应于一个所述TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N、以及所述初始传输子帧索引号k或初始传输子帧基准值k0The resource configuration index number i uniquely corresponds to one of the TB interval K, the number of transmissions N of the TB, and the initial transmission subframe index number k or the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 .
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中,所述TB间隔和所述TB的传输次数的组合[K,N]的不同取值,对应于不同数量的所述资源配置索引号i。The method according to claim 55, wherein the different values of the combination of the TB interval and the number of transmissions of the TB [K, N] correspond to different numbers of the resource configuration index numbers i.
  57. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N以及初始传输子帧索引号k;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔K和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于K除以N向下取整的整数值。The method according to claim 53, wherein the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number of transmissions N of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe index number k; The retransmission interval t is determined according to the TB interval K and the number of transmissions N of the TB, where t is equal to the integer value of K divided by N rounded down.
  58. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述资源配置表中定义了所述资源配置索引号i对应的TB间隔K、所述TB的传输次数N,以及初始传输子帧基准值k0;所述重传间隔t根据所述TB间隔以内包含的D2D子帧的数量KD2D和所述TB的传输次数N确定,其中,t等于KD2D除以N向下取整的整数值;所述初始传输子帧索引号k根据所述重传间隔t和所述初始传输子帧基准值k0确定,其中,k等于k0对t进行取模运算获得的数值。The method according to claim 53, wherein the resource configuration table defines a TB interval K corresponding to the resource configuration index number i, a number N of transmissions of the TB, and an initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 ; The retransmission interval t is determined according to the number of D2D subframes K D2D included in the TB interval and the number N of transmissions of the TB, where t is equal to K D2D divided by an integer value rounded down by N; The initial transmission subframe index number k is determined according to the retransmission interval t and the initial transmission subframe reference value k 0 , where k is equal to a value obtained by performing a modulo operation on k 0 for t.
  59. 一种数据发送装置,包括: A data transmitting device includes:
    确定模块,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;a determining module, configured to determine, by using an initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k and a retransmission interval t, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where k, t are non-negative integers;
    发送模块,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上发送数据传输块TB。And a sending module, configured to send the data transmission block TB on a subframe where the data channel resource is located.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其中,The device according to claim 59, wherein
    所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧;或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,其中,N为大于0的整数;The determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located; or determine a data channel resource by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t N subframes in which N is an integer greater than 0;
    所述发送模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上发送所述TB;或者在所述数据信道资源所在的所述N个子帧上对所述TB进行N次发送,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数。The sending module is configured to send the TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located, or send the TB to N times in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where, The number of transmissions for the TB.
  61. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其中,还包括:The apparatus of claim 59, further comprising:
    指示模块,设置为在控制指示信令中指示所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,其中,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。The indication module is configured to indicate the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t in the control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  62. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1],K为所述TB间隔。The apparatus according to claim 59, wherein said determining module is configured to determine, by said initial transmission subframe index number k, that an initial transmission subframe #k of said TB is transmitted for the first time within a TB interval, wherein The starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1], K is TB interval.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,N为所述TB的发送次数,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。The apparatus of claim 62, wherein the determining module is further configured to determine, based on the initial transmission subframe #k, that the N of the TB is repeatedly transmitted within the TB interval by the retransmission interval t 1 retransmission subframe #m, where N is the number of transmissions of the TB, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1].
  64. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次发送所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1],其中,所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,再根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。 The apparatus of claim 59, wherein the determining module is configured to determine, by the initial transmission subframe index number k, that the first transmission subframe #k D2D of the TB is transmitted for the first time within the TB interval, The TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, which are respectively recorded as subframes [#0,... , #K D2D -1], wherein the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and then according to the D2D subframe within the TB interval a distribution of the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; the number of the D2D subframes included in the TB interval K D2D and the subframe position are predefined by the system or a high-level letter Order configuration instructions.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内重复发送所述TB的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DThe apparatus according to claim 64, wherein said determining module is further configured to determine, based on said initial transmission subframe #k D2D , by said retransmission interval t that said N of said TB is repeatedly transmitted within said TB interval - 1 retransmission subframe #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence [#0, ..., #K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe # And the retransmission interval t determines a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], and further, according to the D2D subframe, within the TB interval The distribution of the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
  66. 一种数据接收装置,包括:A data receiving device includes:
    确定模块,设置为通过初始传输子帧索引号k,或者,通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的子帧,k,t为非负整数;Determining, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, or determining, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, where k, t are non-negative integers;
    接收模块,设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的子帧上接收数据传输块TB。The receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB on a subframe in which the data channel resource is located.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,The device according to claim 66, wherein
    所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定数据信道资源所在的一个子帧或通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定数据信道资源所在的N个子帧,N为大于0的整数;The determining module is configured to determine, by using the initial transmission subframe index number k, one subframe in which the data channel resource is located or determine the N where the data channel resource is located by using the initial transmission subframe index number k and the retransmission interval t Subframe, N is an integer greater than 0;
    所述接收模块设置为在所述数据信道资源所在的一个子帧上接收数据传输块TB;或者,在所述数据信道资源所在的N个子帧上接收所述TB的N次传输,N为所述TB的传输次数。The receiving module is configured to receive the data transmission block TB in one subframe where the data channel resource is located; or receive the N transmissions of the TB in the N subframes where the data channel resource is located, where N is The number of transmissions of TB.
  68. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块设置为在待接收的所述TB对应的TB间隔以内根据所述初始传输子帧索引号k,或者所述初始传输子帧索引号k和所述重传间隔t确定所述数据信道资源所在的子帧,其中,所述TB间隔为可用于接收所述TB的最大子帧范围,包含K个子帧,K大于等于N,K为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein the determining module is configured to be within the TB interval corresponding to the TB to be received according to the initial transmission subframe index number k, or the initial transmission subframe index number k And determining, by the retransmission interval t, a subframe in which the data channel resource is located, wherein the TB interval is a maximum subframe range that can be used to receive the TB, and includes K subframes, where K is greater than or equal to N, and K is positive. Integer.
  69. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#k,其中,以所述TB间隔的起始子帧记为子帧#0,所述初传子帧#k是指起始子帧之后的第k个子帧,k∈[0,K-1]。The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein said determining module is configured to determine, by said initial transmission subframe index number k, an initial transmission subframe #k that receives said TB for the first time within a TB interval, wherein The starting subframe of the TB interval is denoted as subframe #0, and the initial subframe #k refers to the kth subframe after the starting subframe, k ∈ [0, K-1].
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#k,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#m,其中,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1]。 The apparatus of claim 69, wherein the determining module is further configured to determine, based on the initial transmission subframe #k, the N that receives the TB retransmission within the TB interval by the retransmission interval t - 1 retransmission subframe #m, where m = k + t * n, n ∈ [1, N - 1].
  71. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块设置为通过所述初始传输子帧索引号k确定在所述TB间隔以内第一次接收所述TB的初传子帧#kD2D,其中,所述TB间隔以内包含KD2D个设备到设备D2D子帧,KD2D≤K,将所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列,分别记为子帧[#0,…,#KD2D-1];所述初始传输子帧索引号k指示在所述逻辑子帧序列中的逻辑初传子帧#k,进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑初传子帧#k对应的物理初传子帧#kD2D;所述TB间隔内包含的所述D2D子帧的数量KD2D和子帧位置由系统预定义或高层信令配置指示。The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein said determining module is configured to determine, by said initial transmission subframe index number k, that an initial transmission subframe #k D2D of said TB is received for the first time within said TB interval, The TB interval includes K D2D devices to device D2D subframes, K D2D ≤ K, and the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical sub-frame sequence, which are respectively recorded as subframes [#0,... , #K D2D -1]; the initial transmission subframe index number k indicates a logical initial transmission subframe #k in the logical subframe sequence, and further, according to the D2D subframe, within the TB interval a distribution of the physical initial transmission subframe #k D2D corresponding to the logical initial transmission subframe #k; the number of the D2D subframes included in the TB interval K D2D and the subframe position are predefined by the system or a high-level letter Order configuration instructions.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的装置,其中,所述确定模块还设置为基于所述初传子帧#kD2D,通过所述重传间隔t确定在所述TB间隔以内接收所述TB重传的N-1个重传子帧#mD2D,其中,在所述KD2D个D2D子帧依次相连形成逻辑子帧序列[#0,…,#KD2D-1]上,根据逻辑初传子帧#k及所述重传间隔t确定逻辑重传子帧#m,m=k+t*n,n∈[1,N-1],进一步的,根据所述D2D子帧在所述TB间隔内的分布,确定所述逻辑重传子帧#m对应的物理重传子帧#mD2DThe apparatus of claim 71, wherein the determining module is further configured to determine, by the retransmission interval t, that the TB retransmission is received within the TB interval based on the initial transmission subframe #k D2D N-1 retransmission subframes #m D2D , wherein the K D2D D2D subframes are sequentially connected to form a logical subframe sequence [#0, ..., #K D2D -1], according to the logical initial transmission subframe #k and the retransmission interval t determine a logical retransmission subframe #m, m=k+t*n, n∈[1, N-1], further, according to the D2D subframe at the TB interval The inner distribution determines the physical retransmission subframe #m D2D corresponding to the logical retransmission subframe #m.
  73. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,还包括:The apparatus of claim 66, further comprising:
    获取模块,设置为从接收到的控制指示信令中获得所述初始传输子帧索引号k和/或所述重传间隔t,所述控制指示信令为设备到设备D2D调度配置信令,或者D2D SA T-RPT信令。Obtaining a module, configured to obtain the initial transmission subframe index number k and/or the retransmission interval t from the received control indication signaling, where the control indication signaling is a device-to-device D2D scheduling configuration signaling, Or D2D SA T-RPT signaling.
  74. 一种数据传输系统,包括:第一用户设备UE和第二UE,其中,所述第一UE包括权利要求59至65中任一项所述的装置,所述第二UE包括权利要求66至73中任一项所述的装置。 A data transmission system comprising: a first user equipment UE and a second UE, wherein the first UE comprises the apparatus of any one of claims 59 to 65, and the second UE comprises claim 66 to The device of any of 73.
PCT/CN2015/074332 2014-08-07 2015-03-16 Data transmission method, apparatus and system WO2016019724A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410387561.1A CN105337706A (en) 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 Data transmission method, device and system
CN201410387561.1 2014-08-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016019724A1 true WO2016019724A1 (en) 2016-02-11

Family

ID=55263099

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/074332 WO2016019724A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2015-03-16 Data transmission method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105337706A (en)
WO (1) WO2016019724A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109327906A (en) * 2017-08-01 2019-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of resource distribution, control method for sending information and device, equipment
CN110945885A (en) * 2019-11-04 2020-03-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Downlink control information DCI issuing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109076502B (en) 2016-05-12 2020-12-15 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and user equipment
KR102192556B1 (en) 2016-08-11 2020-12-17 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
WO2018027819A1 (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-02-15 华为技术有限公司 Resource pool configuration method, terminal and base station device
CN107734681B (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-08-30 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of indicating means and device of transfer resource
CN108811148B (en) * 2017-05-05 2021-08-20 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Uplink transmission method, device, base station and user equipment of URLLC service
EP3627922B1 (en) * 2017-07-12 2022-01-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmission control
WO2019047169A1 (en) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 富士通株式会社 Data transmission method and apparatus therefor, and communications system
CN112866956B (en) * 2019-11-27 2023-05-02 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Voice data transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102281099A (en) * 2011-08-08 2011-12-14 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and equipment for transmitting data in time division duplex (TDD) radio frame
CN102315921A (en) * 2010-07-09 2012-01-11 华为技术有限公司 Method and module for determining retransmission resource allocation (RA), base station and relay node
CN103209487A (en) * 2012-01-17 2013-07-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless communication method, device and system
CN103825687A (en) * 2012-11-19 2014-05-28 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Device-to-device-communication signaling transmission method for cellular network

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101632440B1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2016-06-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Method of performing harq for relay station
ES2726041T3 (en) * 2010-09-14 2019-10-01 Nokia Technologies Oy D2D communication procedures: beaconing; diffusion; conflict resolution
CN103024911A (en) * 2012-11-30 2013-04-03 北京邮电大学 Data transmission method of terminal direct communication in cellular and D2D hybrid network
CN103874048A (en) * 2012-12-14 2014-06-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Scheduling information transmission method between devices and device thereof
CN103648103A (en) * 2013-12-20 2014-03-19 上海交通大学无锡研究院 Signaling control method for network covered network-assisted D2D communication technology

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102315921A (en) * 2010-07-09 2012-01-11 华为技术有限公司 Method and module for determining retransmission resource allocation (RA), base station and relay node
CN102281099A (en) * 2011-08-08 2011-12-14 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and equipment for transmitting data in time division duplex (TDD) radio frame
CN103209487A (en) * 2012-01-17 2013-07-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless communication method, device and system
CN103825687A (en) * 2012-11-19 2014-05-28 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Device-to-device-communication signaling transmission method for cellular network

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109327906A (en) * 2017-08-01 2019-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of resource distribution, control method for sending information and device, equipment
CN109327906B (en) * 2017-08-01 2023-04-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Resource allocation and control information sending method, device and equipment
CN110945885A (en) * 2019-11-04 2020-03-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Downlink control information DCI issuing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN110945885B (en) * 2019-11-04 2024-05-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Downlink Control Information (DCI) issuing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105337706A (en) 2016-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016019724A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and system
US11234236B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
US10736123B2 (en) Resource scheduling method and apparatus
KR102276760B1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission block size
CN106793092B (en) Method and device for acquiring control channel resources
CN106664716B (en) Method and apparatus for resource allocation for device-to-device communication
EP3120468B1 (en) Scheduling wireless device-to-device communications
WO2016045409A1 (en) Method and device for indicating bit number
WO2016107244A1 (en) Resource pool configuration method and device, and computer storage medium
JP5980330B2 (en) Method and apparatus for signaling dynamic uplink and downlink configurations in heterogeneous networks
WO2015169026A1 (en) Communication data sending method and device, and user equipment
US9392615B2 (en) Methods and devices for allocating resources in device-to-device communication
US20130039297A1 (en) Method for data transmission and base station and user equipment using the same
CN102884739A (en) Method and apparatus for activating carriers in mobile communication system
CN106304344B (en) Resource pool configuration method and D2D UE
WO2016045410A1 (en) Method and device for indicating number of mac pdu
CN114026923A (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data channel in wireless communication system
KR20130049695A (en) Transmission point, resource allocation method, user equipment, and resource allocation information receiving method
WO2019098927A1 (en) Compressed table-based configuration of remaining minimum system information coreset in a new radio physical broadcast channel
CN103731245A (en) Confirming/non-confirming feedback information transmission method and device
WO2013054591A1 (en) Wireless communication system, wireless base station device, machine-to-machine communication terminal, and wireless communication method
US20170105230A1 (en) Communication control method and user terminal
EP2819478A1 (en) A method for allocating radio resources, and a base station and a user terminal therefor
JP5079821B2 (en) Mobile station apparatus and communication method
WO2017063421A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for compressing media access control packet header

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15829273

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15829273

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1